Cadillac 1996 Eldorado Owner`s manual

I
A
ELDORADO
i
/r”‘
--.\
The 1996 Cadillac Eldorado Owner’s Manual
.............................................................
..................................................................
.....................................................
Seats and Kestraint Systems
1-1
This section tells you how to use your seats and safety belts properly. It also explains the “SIR” system.
FeaturesandControls
2-1
This section explains how to start and operate your Cadillac.
Comfort Controls and Audio Systems
3-1
This section tells you how to adjust the ventilation and comfort controls and how to operate your
audio system.
YourDrivingandtheRoad
4-1
Here you’ll find helpful information and tips about the road and how to drive under different conditions.
ProblemsontheRoad
5-1
This section tells you what do
to if you have a problem while driving, such as a flat tire or overheated
engine, etc.
Service and Appearance Care..
6-1
Here the manual tells you how to keep your Cadillac running properly and looking good.
Customer Assistance Information
7-1
This section tells you how to contact Cadillac for assistance and
how to get service and owner publications.
It also gives you information on “Reporting Safety Defects” on page
7-10.
Index ................................................................................
8-1
Here’s an alphabetical listing of almost every subject in this manual. You can use it to quickly find
something you want to read.
..............................................................
..................................................................
..........................................................
........................................................
i
We support voluntary
technician certification.
)
(
GENERAL MOTORS, GM and the GM Emblem,
CADILLAC, the CADILLAC Emblem and the name
ELDORADO are registered trademarks of General
Motors Corporation.
This manual includes the latest information at the timeit
was printed. We reserve the right to make changes in the
product after that time withoutfurther notice. For
vehicles first sold in Canada, substitute the name
“General Motors of Canada Limited” for Cadillac Motor
Car Division whenever it appears in this manual.
Please keep this manual in yourCadillac, so it will be
there if youever need it when you’re on the road. If you
sell the vehicle, please leavethis manual in it so the new
owner can use it.
WE SUPPORT
VOLUNTARY TECHNICIAN
CERTIFICATION THROUGH
Natlonal Institute for
AUTOMOTIVE
SERVICE
EXCELLENCE
For Canadian Qwners Who Prefer a
French Language Manual:
Aux proprietaires canadiens: Vous pouvez vous
procurer un exemplaire de ceguide en frangais chez
votre concessionaire ou au:
DGN Marketing Services Ltd,
1500 Bonhill Rd.
Mississauga, Ontario LST 1C7
Litho in U.S.A.
Part No. 25637207 B 0 First Edition
“Copyright General Motors Corporation 1995
All Rights Reserved
The
PENALTY OF LEADERSHIP
iii
Henry M. Leland,
founder of
Cadillac, stands
beside tfie 1905
“Osceola” which
was builtto.
evaluate the
feasibility of a
closed bodied car.
iv
Few automobiles are fortunate enough to have the rich heritage
that is Cadillac. The name Cadillac is appropriately that of
Antoine de LaMothe Cadillac, the French military commander
who founded the city of Detroit in1701. What better name for
the oldest automobile manufacturer in Detroit.
Henry M. Leland, known as the master of precision,
initiated his precision manufacturing techniquesat the
founding of Cadillac in 1902. His exacting standards
prompted the motto by which Cadillac has been guided
over the years -“Craftsmanship ACreed -Accuracy
A Law.”
commonplace as standardizedparts are today, in 1908
parts were still individually hand fitted both in
production and service.
The introductionof the first four cylinder engine
in 1905
led the industry and enabled Cadillacsto travel at speeds
up to 50 mph.
For attention to quality and innovation, the Royal
Automobile Clubof England awarded the prestigious
Dewar Trophy to Cadillac twice . . . first in 1908 for
achieving perfect interchangeability
of parts and again
for introducing theelectric self starter, electric lighting
and ignition system on 19 12 models. Cadillac is the
only American manufacturerto win this honor and
the only manufacturer in the world to win it twice. As
V
1914 V8 Engine
1949 Overhead
Valve High
Compression
V8 Engine
VI 6 Engines
1930-1940
Standardization opened the eyes of the industrial world
and was the cornerstone of modern assembly line
production. From this achievement evolved the
reference to Cadillac as “Standardof the World.”
In 1909 Cadillac was purchased by the then new
General Motors Corporation.
Convenience, cleanliness and all-weather comfort were
greatly enhanced in 1910 when Cadillac became the first
manufacturer to offer closed bodies
as standard equipment.
“The Penalty of Leadership” first appeared in the
J‘anuary 2, 1915 issue of The Saturday Evening Post asan
expression of the Cadillac commitment to leadership,
quality and innovation.It is widely regarded as one of the
vi
f‘inest documents ever written. It was published following
the introduction of the first production V8 engine,
which was standard in all Cadillacs beginning with the
1915 model.
Many Cadillac “firsts” have followed over the years,
including the synchro-mech clashless transmission,a
nationwide comprehensive servicepolicy, security plate
glass, chrome plating and the first car to be designed by
a stylist (1927 LaSalleMarley Earl). The’30s witnessed
production of the powerful, smooth and quiet V12 and
V16 engines. The crisp, contemporarylines of the 1938
60 Special series ushered in a new era in styling.
VI 6 Engine
During World War 11, shortly after PearlHarbor,
Cadillac discontinued carproduction for the first time
since 1902 in order to construct light tanks, combat
vehicles and internal parts for Allison V1710 engines.
Two Cadillac V8 engines and Hydra-Matic
transmissions were used in each MSAI and M24 tanks.
1931 VI6 Sport Phaeton
vii
viii
advances such as air suspension, memory seat,
automatic electric door locks, transistor radio, a brushed
stainless steel roof and low profile tires.
...
1957 Eldorado Brougham
For the 1948 model, Cadillac introduced the legendary
tail fin which once more set the trend in automotive
styling for nearly two decades. This was closely
followed with the two door hardtop Coupe DeVille and
the industry's first modem overhead valve, high
compression V8 engine onthe 1949 model.
Engineering innovations, conveniences and styling
dominated the '50s and '60s. Cruise control, automatic
climate control, tilt and telescoping steering wheels,
twilight sentinel and four door hard tops all debuted in
these years. In 1957 the Eldorado Brougham featured
The Eldorado, introduced in 1953, was redesigned for
1967 as the first front wheel drive personal luxury car.
The 472 cu. in. V8 engine used in all Cadillacs in 1968
and 1969 was enlarged to 500 cu. in. for all 1970
through 1976 Eldorados. The Track Master
computerized skid control braking system option
debuted on 1970 Eldorados.
A driver and passenger Air Cushion Restraint
system (air bag) was available on all 1974, 1975 and
1976 Cadillacs.
Analog Electronic Fuel Injection was available, on
1975 Cadillacs and standard on the new international
size 1976 Seville. In 1978, the Trip Computer option
incorporated the first on-board microprocessor.
ix
The electronics and computerization which were
pioneered by Cadillac in the ’70s came of age in the
’80s with Digital Fuel Injection and On-Board
Diagnostics in 1980, four wheel Anti-lock Brakes on
1986 models and Traction Control in the fallof 1989.
The 1992 Seville STS was the first car ever to win all
three major automotive awards: Car of the Year, Motor
Trend; Ten Best List, Car & Driver; Car of the Year,
Automobile Magazine.
The year 1993 saw the introduction of the Northstar
system. The state of the art system includes the 32 valve,
dual overhead camshaft, Northstar 4.6 liter V8 engine,
4T80-E electronically controlled automatic transaxle,
road sensing suspension, speed sensitive steering,
anti-lock brakes and tractioncontrol.
X
For more than nine decadesCadillac has been a leader in
quality and technical innovation. Now more than ever,
Cadillac is “Creating a Higher Standard.”
How to Use this Manual
Many people read their owner’s manualfrom beginning
to end when they first receivetheir new vehicle. If you
do this,it will help you learn about the featuresand
controls foryour vehicle. In this manual, you’ll find
that pictures and words work together to explain
things quickly.
Index
A good place to look forwhat you need is the Indexin
the back of the manual.It’s an alphabetical list of all
that’s in the manual,and the pagenumber where you’ll
find it.
Safety Warnings and Symbols
You will find a number of safety cautionsin this book. We
use a box and the wordCAUTION to tell you aboutthings
that could hurt you if you were to ignore the warning.
A CAUTION:
t-
L
-1
These mean there is something that could hurt
you or other people.
In the caution area, we tell youwhat the hazard is. Then
we tell you what to do to help avoid or reduce the
hazard. Please read these cautions. If you don’t, you or
others could be hurt.
1
You will also find a circle
with a slash through it in
this book. This safety
symbol means “Don’t,’’
“Don’t do this,” or“Don’t
let this happen.”
xi
I
Vehicle Damage Warnings
Also, in this book you will find these notices:
I NOTICE:
These mean there issomething that could
damage your vehicle.
In the notice area, we tell you about something that can
damage your vehicle. Manytimes, this damage would
not be covered by your warranty, and
it could be costly.
But the notice will tellyou what to do to help avoid
the damage.
When you read other manuals, you might see CAUTION
and NOTICE warnings in different colors orin
different words.
You’ll also see warning labels on your vehicle. They use
the same words, CAUTIONor NOTICE.
xii
Vehicle Symbols
These are some of the symbols you will find on your vehicle.
For example,
these symbols
are used on an
original battery:
CAUTION
POSSIBLE
INJURY
A
These symbols
are important
for you and
your passengers
whenever your
vehicle is
driven:
These symbols
are on some of
your controls:
These symbols
are used on
warning and
indicator lights:
WINDSHIELD
WIPER
TURN
SIGNALS
DOOR LOCK
UNLOCK
PROTECT
EYES BY
SHIELDING
These symbols
have to do with
your lights:
COOLANT
TEMP
e e3
CAUSTIC
BATTERY
CHARGING
SYSTEM
WINDSHIELD
DEFROSTER
FASTEN
SEAT
BELTS
SPARK OR
FLAME
COULD
EXPLODE
BAITERY
COOLANT
n
ENGINE OIL
PRESSURE
,\I/,
FOG LAMPS
&0
VENTILATING
FAN
FUSE
F’J
LIGHTER
(0)
HORN
BRAKE
BURNS
AVOID
SPARKS OR
FLAMES
--
Here are some
other symbols
you may see:
ANTI-LOCK
BRAKES
)tr
a cr
e,
SPEAKER
FUEL
p3
(@)
xiii
,
NOTES
*
:/
%\
Section 1 Seats and Restraint Systems
Here you’ll find information about the seats in your
Cadillac and how to use your safety belts properly. You
can alsolearn about some things you should not do with
air bags and safety belts.
Power Seats
Seats and Seat Controls
This section tells you about the power seats -- how to
adjust them, and also about reclining front seatbacks,
lumbar adjustments, head restraints, heated seats and
seatback latches.
1-1
The power seat controls are located on the outboard side
of the front seat cushion.
0
Move the front of the control in the direction of the
arrows to adjust thefront portion of the cushion up
or down.
Move the rear of the control in the direction of the
arrows to adjust the rear portion of the cushion up or
down.
0
Power Lumbar Control (Option)
The lumbar control is
located on the outboard side
of each front seat. After you
have made your desired
seating adjustments, move
the lumbar control to the
maximum up and out
Lift up or push down on both outer arrows at the
same time to move the entire seat up or down.
To move the whole seat forward or backward, slide
the control in thedirection of the center arrow.
To do this, press the control forward to increase support
and upward to raise the support mechanism. To adjust
the back support, press the control down and rearward.
Keep in mind that as your seating position changes, as it
may during long trips, so should the position of your
lumbar support. Adjust the seatas needed.
1-2
Memory Seat (Option)
,.:.
..__.>..<
..
3 “l*M*
I
:,,.
. *.,%,.
Adjust the driver’s seat to a
comfortable position and
then press the SET button.
Within five seconds, press
button “1 .” A second
seating position may be
programmed by repeating
the above steps and pressing
button “2” instead of
button 1.
Note that each time a memory button is pressed a single
beep will sound through the radio.
If your vehicle is in PARK (P), you can recall a
seating position by briefly pressing button 1 or 2.
This will adjust the seat to where you have previously
programmed it. If you have accidently pressed one
of the memory recall buttons and want to stop seat
movement, press one of the manual seat control buttons.
This cancels a memory seat recall.
You can alsorecall a seat position if your vehicle is not
in PARK (P). Press and hold either the 1 or 2 button
until seat movement is complete. Releasing the buttons
will stop seat adjustment.
The EXIT button can be programmedto allow easy exit
for up to two driver’s. Adjust theseat to a comfortable
“exit” position and press theSET button followed by
the EXIT button. Within five seconds, press button 1.
A second exit position may be programmed
by repeating
the above steps andpressing button 2 instead of button 1.
Be aware that the exit recall does not remember any
recline positions.
1-3
While your vehicle is in PARK (P), briefly press the
EXIT button followed by either the 1 or 2 button to
recall your programmed exit position. The exit position
may also be recalledif the vehicle is not in PARK (P) by
briefly pressing theEXIT button and then pressing and
holding either the 1 or 2 button until seat movement is
complete. Releasing the buttons will stop seat
adjustment.
Automatic seat movement will occur if the Remote
Keyless Entry (RKE) transmitter is used to enter the
vehicle. The number on the back of the transmitter
corresponds to the 1 or 2 seat position. After the unlock
button is pressed on theRKE transmitter and the key is
placed in the ignition and turnedon, the seat will
automatically adjust to theappropriate position.
1-4
Heated Front Seat (Option)
The control is located in the
center console. Move the
switch to LO or HI to turn
on the heating elements in
the seat. The LO setting
warms the seatback and
cushion until the seat
approximates body
temperature. The HI setting
heats the seat to a slightly
higher temperature.
Reclining Front Seatbacks
Press the control forward or
rearward to adjust the
seatback.
A telltale light in the control reminds you that the
heating system is in use. The heated seats can only be
used when the ignition is turned on.
1-5
But don’t have a seatback reclined if your vehicle is
moving.
Sitting in a reclined position when your vehicle is
in motion can be dangerous. Even if you buckle
up, your safety belts can’t do theirjob when
you’re reclined like this.
a crash you
The shoulder beltcan’t do its job. In
could go into it, receiving neck or otherinjuries.
The lapbelt can’t do its job either. In a crash the
belt could go up over your abdomen. Thebelt
forces would be there, not at your pelvic bones.
This could cause serious internal injuries.
For proper protection when thevehicle is in
motion, have the seatback upright. Then sitwell
back in the seat and wear your
safety belt
properly.
The front seatback folds
forward to let people get
into the rear seat. The
seatback will move back
and forth freely unless you
come to a sudden stop, then
it will lockin place.
Head Restraints
Slide the head restraint up or down
so that the topof the
restraint is closest to the topof your ears.This position
reduces the chanceof a neck injuryin a crash.
The head restraints tilt forward and rearward also.
Seatback Latches
P
If the seatback isn’t locked, it could
move
forward in a sudden stop
or crash. That could
cause injuryto the person sitting there. Always
press rearward on the seatback to be sure it is
locked.
The seatback maynot fold without some helpfrom you
if your vehicle is parkedgoing down a fairly steep hill.
In this case, push the seatback toward rear
the as you lift
the latch. Then the seatback will fold forward. The latch
must be downfor the seat to work properly.
1-7
Safety Belts: They’re for Everyone
This part of the manual tells you howto use safety belts
properly. It also tells you some things you should not do
with safety belts.
Your vehicle has a light that
comes on as a reminder to
buckle up. (See “SafetyBelt
Reminder Light” in the
Index.)
And it explains the Supplemental Inflatable Restraint
(SIR), or air bag system.
Don’t let anyone ride wherehe or she can’t wear
a safety belt properly.If you are in a crash and
you’re not wearinga safety belt, your injuries
can be much worse. You can hit things inside the
vehicle or be ejected fromit. You can be seriously
injured or killed. In the same crash,
you might
not be if you are buckled up. Always fasten your
safety belt, andcheck that your passengers’ belts
are fastened properlytoo.
In most states and Canadianprovinces, the law says to
wear safety belts. Here’s why:They work.
You never know if you’ll be in a crash. If you do have a
crash, you don’t know if it will be a bad one.
A few crashes are mild, and some crashes can be so
serious that even buckled up a person wouldn’t survive.
But most crashes are in between. In manyof them,
people who buckle up can survive and sometimes walk
away. Without belts they could have been badly hurt
or
killed.
After more than 25 years of safety belts in vehicles,
the facts are clear. In most crashes buckling up
does
matter ... a lot!
Why Safety Belts Work
When you ride in or on anything, you go as fast as it
goes.
Put someone on it.
Take the simplest vehicle. Suppose it’s just a seat on
wheels.
1-9
Get itup to speed. Then stop thevehicle. The rider
doesn't stop.
The person keeps going until stopped by something.
In a real vehicle, it could be the windshield ...
1-10
J
or the instrument panel ...
or the safety belts!
With safety belts, you slow down as the vehicle does.
You get more time to stop. You stop over more distance,
and your strongest bones take the forces. That’s why
safety belts make such good sense.
Here Are Questions Many People Ask
About Safety Belts -- and the Answers
Q: Won’t I be trapped in the vehicle after an
accident if I’m wearing a safety belt?
A:
You codcl be -- whether you’re wearing a safety
belt or not. But you can unbuckle a safety belt,
even if you’re upside down. And your chance of
being conscious during and after anaccident, so
you CUIZ unbuckle and get out, is t m 4 c - h greater if
you are belted.
If my vehicle has air bags, why should I have to
wear safety belts‘?
A:
Air bags are in many vehicles today and will
be in most of them in the future. But they are
supplemental systems only; so they work M-ith
safety belts -- not instead of them. Every air bag
system ever offered for sale has required the useof
safety belts. Even if you’re in a vehicle that has air
bags, you still have to buckle up to get the most
protection. That’s true not only in frontalcollisions,
but especially in side and other collisions.
1-12
Q:
If I’m a good driver, andI never drive far from
home, why should I wear safety belts?
A:
You may be an excellent driver, but if you’re in an
accident -- even one that isn’t your fault-- you and
your passengers can be hurt. Beinga good driver
doesn’t protect you from things beyond your
control, such as bad drivers.
Most accidents occur within 25 miles (40 km) of
home. And the greatest number of serious injuries
and deaths occur at speeds of less than 40 mph
(65 km/h).
Safety belts are for everyone.
How to Wear Safety Belts Properly
Adults
This part is only for people of adult size.
Be aware that there are special things to know about
safety belts and children. And there are different rules
for smaller children and babies. If a child will be riding
in your Cadillac, see the part of this manual called
“Children.” Follow those rules for everyone’s
protection.
First, you’ll want to know which restraint systems your
vehicle has.
We’ll start with the driver position.
Driver Position
This part describes the driver’s restraint system.
Lap-Shoulder Belt
The driver has a lap-shoulder belt. Here’s how to wear it
properly.
1. Close and lock the door.
2. Adjust the seat (to see how, see “Seats” in the Index)
so you can sit up straight.
3. Pick up the latch plate and pull the belt across you.
Don’t let it gettwisted.
4. Push the latch plate into the buckle until it clicks.
Pull up on the latch plate to make sure it is secure. If
the belt isn’t long enough, see “Safety Belt
Extender” at the end of this section.
Make sure the release button on the buckle is
positioned so you would be able to unbuckle the
safety belt quickly if you ever had to.
1-13
belt would applyforce at your abdomen. This could
cause serious or even fatal injuries. The shoulder belt
should go over the shoulder and across the chest. These
parts of the body are best able to take belt restraining
forces.
The safety belt locks if there'sa sudden stop or crash.
er n-It Tig"'--;s Adjus'-en
Your car has a shoulder belt tightness adjustment
feature. If the shoulder belt seems too tight, adjust it
before you begin to drive.
1. Sit well back in the seat.
2. Start pulling the shoulder belt out.
The lappart of the belt should be worn low and snugon
the hips, just touching the thighs. In a crash, this applies
force to the strong pelvic bones. And you'dbe less
likely to slide under thelap belt. If you slid under it, the
3. Just before it reaches the end, giveit a quick pull.
4. Let the belt go back all the way. You should hear a
slight clicking sound.If you don’t, the adjustment
feature won’t set, and you’ll have to start again.
5. Now you can add a small amountof slack. Lean
forward slightly, then sit back.
If you’ve added more
than 1 inch (25 mm) of slack, pull the shoulder belt
out as you did before and start again.
If you move around in the vehicle enough, pull out the
shoulder belt, or open your door, the belt will become
tight again.If this happens, you can reset
it.
1-15
What’s wrong with this?
You can be seriously hurt if your shoulder belt
is
too loose. Ina crash, you would move forward
too much, which could increase injury. The
shoulder belt should fit againstyour body. Don’t
allow more than1 inch (25 mm) of slack.
A:
The shoulder belt is too loose. It won’t give nearly
as much protection this way.
1-16
-
What's wrong with this?
-
-
You can be seriouslyinjured if your belt is
buckled in the wrong place
like this. In a crash,
the belt would go up over your abdomen. The
belt
forces would be there, notat the pelvic bones. This
could cause serious internal injuries.
Always
buckle your belt into the buckle nearest
you.
A:
The belt is buckled in the wrong place.
1-17
@
What’s wrong with this?
You can be seriously injured if you wear the
shoulder belt under your arm.In a crash, your
body would move too far forward, which would
increase the chanceof head andneck injury.
Also, the belt would apply too much force to the
ribs, which aren’t as strong as shoulder bones.
You could also severelyinjure internal organs
like your liveror spleen.
I
A:
I
I
1
I
1
I
I
I
I
I
I
The shoulder belt is worn under the a m . It should
be worn over the shoulder at all times.
1-18
&:
What's wrong with this?
You can be seriously injured by a twisted belt. In
a crash, you wouldn't have the full width of the
belt to spread impact forces. If a belt is twisted,
make it straight so it can work properly, or ask
your dealer to fix it.
L
A:
I
1
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
The belt is twisted across the body.
1-19
@upplemental Inflr’-3le Restraint
R) System
This part explains the Supplemental Inflatable Restraint
(SIR) system or air bag system.
Your Cadillac has two air bags -- one air bag for the
driver and another air bag for the right front passenger.
Here are the most important thingsto know about the air
bag system:
To unlatch the belt,just push the button on the buckle.
The belt should go back out of the way.
Before you close the door, be sure the belt is out of the
way. If you slam the door on it, you can damage both the
belt and your vehicle.
1-20 -
A CAUTION:
A CAUTION:
You can be severely injured or killed in a crash if
you aren’t wearing yoursafety belt even if you
Air bags inflate with great force, faster than the
blink of an eye. If you’re tooclose to aninflating
air bag, it could seriously injureyou. Safety belts
help keep you in position for an air bag inflation
in a crash. Always wear your safety belt,even
with an airbag. The driver should sit as
far back
as possible while stillmaintaining control of the
vehicle.
--
have an airbag. Wearing yoursafety belt during a
crash helps reduce your chanceof hitting things
inside the vehicle or being ejected from it. The air
bag is only a “supplemental restraint.” That is, it
works withsafety belts but doesn’t replace them.
Air bags are designed to workonly in moderateto
severe crashes where the frontof your vehicle hits
something. They aren’t designed to inflate at all in
rollover, rear, side or low-speed frontal crashes.
Everyone in yourvehicle, including the driver,
should wear a safety belt properly whether or
not there’s an air bag for that person.
--
.
-
A CAUTION:
An inflating air bag can seriously injure small
children. Always secure children properly in your
vehicle. To read how, see the partof this manual
called “Children” and the caution label on the
right front passenger’s safety
belt.
1-21
There is an air bag
readiness light on the
AIR BAG
The system checks the air bag’s electrical systemfor
malfunctions. The light tells you if there is an electrical
problem. See “Air Bag Readiness Light” in the Index
for more information.
Where is the air bag?
The driver’s air bag is in the middleof the steering
wheel.
I A CAUTION:
I-
Don’t put anythingon, or attach anythingto, the
steering wheelor instrumentpanel. Also, don’t
put anything (suchas pets or objects) between
any occupant and the steering wheel or
instrument panel. If something is between an
occupant and an air
bag, it could affectthe
performance of the air bag or worse, it could
cause injury.
--
The right front passenger’s air bag is in the instrument
panel on the passenger’s side.
1-23
When should an air bag inflate?
What makes an air bag inflate?
The air bag is designed to inflate in moderate to severe
frontal or near-frontal crashes. The air bag will inflate
only if the impact speed is above the system’s designed
“threshold level.” If your vehicle goes straight into a
wall that doesn’t move or deform, the threshold level is
about 9 to 15 mph (14 to 24 km/h). The threshold level
can vary, however, with specific vehicle design, so that
it can be somewhatabove or below this range. If your
vehicle strikes something that will moveor deform, such
as a parked car, the threshold levelwill be higher. The
air bag is not designed to inflate in rollovers, side
impacts or rear impacts, because inflation would not
help the occupant.
In a frontal or near-frontal impact of sufficient severity,
the air bag sensing systemdetects that the vehicle is
suddenly stopping as a result of a crash. The sensing
system triggers a chemical reaction of the sodium azide
sealed in the inflator. The reaction produces nitrogen
gas, which inflates the air bag. The inflator, air bag and
related hardware are all part of theair bag modules
packed inside the steering wheel and in the instrument
panel in front of the right front passenger.
In any particular crash, no one can say whether an air
bag should have inflated simply becauseof the damage
to a vehicle or because of what the repaircosts were.
Inflation is determined by the angle of the impact and
the vehicle’s deceleration. Vehicle damage is only one
indication of this.
-4
How does an air bag restrain?
In moderate to severe frontalor near-frontal collisions,
even belted occupants can contact the steering wheelor
the instrument panel. The air bag supplements the
protection provided by safety belts. Air bags distribute
the force of the impact more evenly over the occupant’s
upper body, stopping the occupant more gradually. But
air bags would not help youin many types of collisions,
including rollovers, rear impacts and side impacts,
primarily because an occupant’s motionis not toward
the air bag. Air bags shouldnever be regarded as
anything more than a supplement to safety belts, and
then only i n moderate to severe frontal or near-frontal
collisions.
What will you see after an air bag inflates?
After the air bag inflates, it quickly deflates. This occurs
so quickly that some people may not even realize the air
bag inflated. Some components of the air bag module in
the steering wheel hub forthe driver’s air bag, or the
instrument panel for the right front passenger’s bag, will
be hot fora short time. The part of the bag that comes
into contact with you may be warm, but it will never be
too hot to touch. There will be some smoke and dust
coming from vents in the deflated air bags. Air bag
inflation will not prevent the driver from seeing or from
being able to steer the vehicle, nor will it stop people
from leaving the vehicle.
A CAUTION:
When an airbag inflates, there is dust in the air.
This dust could cause breathing problems for
people with a history of asthma or other
breathing trouble. To avoid this, everyone in the
vehicle should get out as soon as it is safe to do so.
If you have breathing problems but can’t get out
of the vehicle after an air bag inflates, then get
fresh air by opening a window or door.
Your vehicle has a feature that will automatically unlock
the doors and turn the interior lamps on when the air bag
inflates (if battery power is available). But if you want
to, you can lock the doors again and turn the interior
lamps off by using the door lock and interior lamp
controls.
In many crashes severe enough to inflate an air bag,
windshields are broken by vehicle deformation.
Additional windshield breakage may also occur fromthe
right front passenger air bag.
0
The air bags are designed to inflate only once. After
they inflate, you’ll need some new parts for your air
bag system. If you don’t get them, the air bag system
won’t be there to help protect you in another crash.
A new system will include air bag modules and
possibly other parts. The service manual for your
vehicle covers the need to replace other parts.
Your vehicle is equipped with a crash sensing and
diagnostic module, which records information about
the air bag system. The module records information
about the readiness of the system, when the sensors
are activated and driver’s safety belt usage at
deployment.
1-25
Let only qualified technicians work on your air bag
system. Improper service can mean that your air bag
system won't work properly. See your dealer for
service.
NOTICE:
If you damage the cover for the driver's air bag,
it may not work properly. You may have to
replace theair bag module.Do not open or break
the air bag cover.
Servicing Your Air Bag-Equipped Cadillac
Air bags affect how your Cadillacshould be serviced.
There are parts of the air bag system in several places
around your vehicle. You don't want the systemto
inflate while someone is working on your vehicle. Your
Cadillac dealer and the Cadillac service manual have
information about servicing your vehicle and the airbag
system. To purchase a service manual, see "Service and
Owner Publications" in the Index.
1
'
For up to 10 seconds after theignition key is
turned off and the batteryis disconnected, an air
bag canstill inflate during improperservice. You
can be injured if you are close to an air bag when
it inflates. Avoid wires wrapped with yellow tape
or yellow connectors. They are probably partof
the air bag system. Be sure tofollow proper
service procedures, and make sure the person
performing work foryou is qualified to doso.
The air bag system does not need regular maintenance.
1-26
Safety Belt Use During Pregnancy
Safety belts work for everyone, including pregnant
women. Like all occupants, they are more likely to be
seriously injured if they don’t wear safety belts.
The best way to protect thefetus is to protect the
mother. When a safety belt is worn properly, it’smore
likely that the fetus won’t be hurt in a crash. For
pregnant women, as for anyone, the key to making
safety belts effective is wearing them properly.
Right Front Passenger PositioThe right front passenger’s safety belt works thesame
way as the driver’s safety belt. See “Driver Position,”
earlier in this section.
When the lap portion of the belt is pulled out all the
way, it will lock. If it does, let it go back all the way and
start again.
A pregnant woman should wear a lap-shoulder belt, and
the lap portion should be worn as low as possible, below
the rounding, throughout the pregnancy.
1-27
Rear Seat Passengers
It’s very importantfor rear seat passengers to buckle up!
Accident statistics show that unbelted people in the rear
seat are hurt more often in crashes than those
who are
wearing safety belts.
L
Rear passengers who aren’t safety belted can be thrown
out of the vehicle in a crash. And they can strike others
in the vehicle who are wearing safety belts.
Rear Seat Outside Passenger Positions
n
I
u
Lap-Shoulder Belt
The positions next to the windows have lap-shoulder
belts. Here’s how to wearone properly.
1. Pick up the latch plate and pull the belt across you.
Don’t let it get twisted.
The shoulder belt may lockif you pull the belt across
you very quickly. If this happens, let the beltgo back
slightly to unlock it. Then pull the belt across you
more slowly.
2. Push the latch plate into the buckle until it clicks.
1-28
If the belt stops before it reaches the buckle, tilt the
latch plate and keep pulling until you can buckle it.
3. To make the lap part tight, pull down on the buckle
end of the belt as you pull up on the shoulder part.
Pull up on the latch plate to make sure itis secure.
If the belt is not long enough, see “Safety Belt
Extender” at the end of this section. Make sure the
release button on the buckle is positioned so you
would be able to unbuckle the safety belt quickly if
you ever had to.
1-29
You can be seriously hurt if your shoulder beltis
too loose. In a crash, you would move forward
too much, which could increase injury. The
shoulder belt should fit againstpour body.
The lap partof the belt should be worn low and snug on
the hips, just touching the thighs.In a crash, this applies
force to the strong pelvic bones.
And you’d be less likely
to slide under the lap belt.If you slid under it, the belt
would apply force at your abdomen. This could cause
serious or even fatal injuries. The shoulder belt should
go
over the shoulder and across the chest. These parts
of the
body are best able to take belt restraining forces.
The safety belt locks if there’s a sudden stop or a crash,
or if you pull the belt very quickly oul of the retractor.
1-30
To unlatch the belt, just push the button on the buckle.
Center Passenger Position
Lap Belt
-
Y
.
.
When you sitin the center seating position, you have a
lap safety belt, which has no retractor.
To &e the belt
longer, tilt the latch plateand pull it along the belt.
Children
Everyone in a vehicle needs protection! That includes
infants and all children smaller than adultsize. In fact,
the law in every state in the United States andin every
Canadian province says children up to some age must be
restrained while in a vehicle.
Sm -1er
To make the belt shorter, pull itsfree end as shown until
the belt is snug.
Buckle, position and releaseit the same way as thelap
part of a lap-shoulder belt. If the belt isn’t longenough,
see “Safety Belt Extender” at the end of this section.
Make sure the release button on the buckleis positioned
so you would be able to unbuckle the safety belt quickly
if you ever had to.
1-32
Smaller children and babies should always be
restrained ina child or infant restraint. The
instructions for the restraintwill say whether itis
the right type andsize for yourchild. A very
young child’s hip bones areso small thata
regular belt might not stay
low on the hips, as it
should. Instead, the beltwill likely be over the
child’s abdomen. Ina crash, thebelt would apply
force righton the child’s abdomen, which could
cause serious or fatal injuries.
So, be sure that
any child small enough for oneis always properly
restrained ina child or infant restraint.
I
at only 25 mph (40 km/h), a 12-1b. (5.5 kg) baby
will suddenly becomea 240-lb. (110 kg) force on
your arms. The baby would
be almost impossible
to hold.
Secure the babyin an infant restraint.
I
A CAUTION:
Never hold a baby in your armswhile riding ina
vehicle. A baby doesn’t weigh much until a
crash. Duringa crash a baby will become so
heavy you can’t hold it. For example, in a crash
CAUTION: (Continued)
--
1-33
Child Restraints
Be sure the child restraint is designed to be usedin a
vehicle. If it is, it will have a label saying that it meets
Federal Motor Vehicle Safety Standards.
follow the instructions for the restraint. You may
fina these instructions on the restraint itself or in a
booklet, or both. These restraints use the belt system in
your vehicle, but the child also has to be secured within
the restraint to help reduce thechance of personal injury.
The instructions that come with the infant or child
restraint will show you howto do that.
‘I r
-
~
Where to Put the Restraint
Accident statistics show that children are safer if they
are restrained in the rear rather than the front
seat. We at
General Motors, therefore, recommend that you put your
child restraint in the rear seat.Never put a rear-facing
child restraint in the front passenger seat. Here’s why:
A child in a rear-facing child restraint can be
seriously injured if the right frontpassenger’s air
bag inflates. This is because the backof a
rear-facing child restraint would be very close to
the inflatingair bag. Always secure a rear-facing
child restraint in the rear seat.
You may, however, secure a forward-facing child
restraint in the right front seat.Before you secure
a forward-facing child restraint, always move the
front passenger seatas far back as it will go. Or,
secure the child restraint in the rear seat.
Wherever you install it, be sure to secure the child
restraint properly.
Keep in mind that an unsecured child restraint can move
around in a collision or sudden stop and injurepeople in
the vehicle. Be sure to properly secure any child
restraint in your vehicle -- even when no child is in it.
1-34
For cars first sold in Canada, child restraints with a top
strap must be anchored according to Canadian law.
Top Strap
Your dealer can obtain the hardware kit and install it for
you, or you may install it yourself using the instructions
provided in the kit.
Use the tether hardware kit available from the dealer.
The hardware and installation instructions were
specifically designed for this vehicle.
If your child restraint has a top strap,it should be
anchored. If you need to have an anchor installed, you
can askyour Cadillac dealer to put it in for you. If you
want to install an anchor yourself, your dealer can tell
you how to do it.
c
*
1-35
.,rial
n
U
You’ll be using the lap-shoulder belt. See the earlier part
about the top strap if the child restraint has one.
1 . Put the restraint on the seat. Follow the instructions
for the child restraint.
2. Secure the child in the child restraint as the
instructions say.
3. Pick up the latch plate, and run the lap and shoulder
portions of the vehicle’s safety belt throughor
around the restraint. The child restraint instructions
will show you how.
Tilt the latch plate to adjustthe belt ifneeded.
If the shoulder belt goes in front of the child’s face or
neck, put it behind the child restraint.
4. Buckle the belt. Make sure the release button
is
positioned so you would be able to unbuckle the
safety belt quicklyif you ever hadto.
5. To tighten the belt, pullup on the shoulder belt while
you push downon the child restraint.
6. Push and pull the child restraint in different
directions to be sure
it is secure.
To remove the child restraint,just unbuckle the vehicle’s
safety belt and letit go back all the way. The safety belt
will move freely again and be ready to work
for an adult
or larger child passenger.
1-37
Securing a Child Restraintin the Center
Rear Seat Position,
You’ll be using the lap belt.
See theearlier part about the topstrap if the child
restraint has one.
1. Make the belt as long as possible by tilting the latch
plate and pulling italong the belt.
2. Put therestraint on the seat. Follow the instructions
for the child restraint.
3. Secure thechild in thechild restraint as the
instructions say.
4. Run the vehicle’s safety belt through or around the
restraint. The child restraint instructions will show
you how.
6. To tighten the belt, pull its free end while you push
down on the child restraint.
.
,
0;i;:.
. ....
P
.,::*:.. .
,,..
7. Push and pull the child restraint in different
directions to be sure it is secure. If it isn’t, secure the
restraint in a different place in the vehicle and
contact the child restraint maker for their advice
about how to attach the child restraint properly.
To remove the child restraint, just unbuckle the vehicle’s
safety belt. It will be ready to work for an adult or larger
child passenger.
5. Buckle the belt. Make sure the releasebutton is
positioned so you would be able tounbuckle the
safety belt quickly if you ever had to.
~
1-39
You’ll be using the lap-shoulder belt. See the earlier part
about the topstrap if the child restraint has one.
Securing a Child Restraint in the Right
Front Seat Position
1. Because your vehicle has a right front passenger air
bag, always move the seat as farback as it will go
before securing a forward-facing child restraint. (See
“Seats” in the Index.)
2. Put the restraint on the seat. Follow the instructions
for the child restraint.
3. Secure the child in the child restraint as the
instructions say.
Your vehicle has a right front passenger air bag. Never
put a rear-facing child restraint in thisseat. Here’s why:
4. Pick up the latch plate, and run the lap and shoulder
portions of the vehicle’s safety belt through or
around the restraint.The child restraint instructions
will show you how.
i
A child in a rear-facing child restraint can be
seriously injured if theright front passenger’s air
bag inflates. This is because the back of a
rear-facing child restraint would be very close to
the inflating air bag. Always secure a rear-facing
child restraint in the rear seat.
If the shoulder belt goesin front of the child’s face or
neck, put it behind thechild restraint.
5. Buckle the belt. Make sure the release button is
positioned so you would be able to unbuckle the
6. Pull the rest of thelap belt all the way out of the
retractor to set the lock.
safety belt quickly if you ever had to.
1-41
.-
Larger Children
7. To tighten the belt, feed the lapbelt back into the
retractor while you push down on the cliild restraint.
8. Push and pull the child restraint in different
directions to be sure it is secure.
Children who have optgrown child restraints should
wear the vehicle's safety belts.
To remove the child restraint, just unbuckle the vehicle's
safety belt and let it go back all.the way. The safety belt
will move fieely again and beready to work for an adult
or larger child passenger.
If you have the choice, a child should sit next to a
window so the child can wear a lap-shoulder belt and
get theadditional restraint a shoulder belt can provide.
i
Accident statistics show that children are safer if they
are restrained in the rear seat. But they need to use the
safety belts properly.
Children who aren't buckled up can be thrown out in
a crash.
0
Children who aren't buckled up can strike other
people who are.
'r&I CAUTION:
I
Never dothis.
Here two children are wearing the same
belt. The
belt can't properly spread the impact
forces. In a
crash, the two children can be crushed together
and seriously injured.A belt must be usedby
only one person at a time.
What if a child is wearing a lap-shoulder belt,
is
but the childis so small that the shoulder belt
very close to thechild's face or neck?
A:
Move the child toward the center of the vehicle, but
be sure that the shoulder belt still is on the child's
shoulder, so that in a crash the child's upper body
would have the restraint that belts provide. If the
child is so small that the shoulder belt is still very
close to the child's face orneck, you might want to
place the child in the center seat position, the one
that has only a lap belt.
1-43
__
I
Never do this.
Here a child is sitting in a seat that hasa
lap-shoulder belt, but the shoulder partis behind
the child. If the child wears thebelt in this way, in
a crash the child might slide under thebelt. The
belt’s force would then be applied right on the
child’s abdomen. Thatcould cause serious or
fatal injuries.
Wherever the child sits, the lap portion of the belt
should be worn low and snug on the hips, just touching
the child’s thighs. This applies belt force to the child’s
pelvic bones in a crash.
1-44
Safety Belt Extender
If the vehicle’s safety belt will fasten around you, you
should use it.
But if a safety belt isn’t long enough to fasten, your
dealer will order you an extender. It’s free. When you go
in to order it, take the heaviest coat
you will wear, so the
extender will be long enough for you. The extenderwill
be just for you,and just forthe seat in your vehiclethat
you choose. Don’t let someone elseuse it, and use it
only for theseat it is made to fit. To wear it, just attach it
to the regularsafety belt.
Torn or frayed safety belts may not protect you in a
crash. They can rip apart under impact forces. If a belt is
tom or frayed, get a new one right away.
Also look forany opened or broken air bag covers, and
have them repaired or replaced.(The air bag system
does not need regular maintenance.)
Replacing Restraint System Parts
After a Crash
If you’ve had a crash, doyou need new belts?
Checking Your Restraint Systems
After a very minor collision, nothing may be necessary.
But if the belts were stretched, as they would be if worn
during a more severe
crash, then you need new belts.
Now and then, make sure the safety belt reminder light
and all your belts, buckles, latch plates, retractors and
anchorages are working properly. Look for any other
loose or damaged safety belt system parts. If you see
anything that might keep asafety belt system from
doing its job, have itrepaired.
If belts are cut or damaged, replacethem. Collision
damage also may mean you willneed to have safety belt
or seat parts repaired orreplaced. New parts and repairs
may be necessary even if the belt wasn’t being used at
the time of the collision.
If an air bag inflates, you’ll need to replace air bag
system parts. See thepart on the airbag system earlier
in this section.
1-45
NOTES
1-46
Section 2 Features and Controls
I
Here you can learn about the manystandard and optional
features on your Cadillac, and dormation on starting,
shifting and braking.Also explained are the instrument
if everything is
panel and the warning systems that tell you
working properly -- and what to do if you have a problem.
Keys
A CAUTION:
Leaving young childrenin a vehicle with the
ignition key is dangerous for manyreasons. A child
or otherscould be badly injuredor even killed.
They could operate power windows or other
controls or even make thevehicle move. If they
turned the ignition to on and moved the shift
lever out of PARK (P), that would release the
parking brake. Don'tleave the keysin a vehicle
with young children.
2-1
The square key is for the
ignition only. It has a
re.sistorpellet which is
part of the vehicle's
PASS-Key@% system.
When a new Cadillac is delivered, the dealerremoves
-the plug from thedoor key. The plug has a codeon it
that tells the dealeror a qualified locksmith how to
make extra keys. The ignition key has a bar code tag
attached to it rather than a knock out plug. Your dealer
or qualified locksmith can make extra
ignition keys by
reading the bar code tag.
There are 15 alternative ignition PASS-Key 11blanks to
help discourage theft. Keep the bar code tag and the
door key plugs in a safe place. If you lose your keys,
you will be able to have new ones made using the plug
or bar code tag.
The oval key is for the
doors and all other locks.
~~
NOTICE:
Your Cadillac hasa number of new features that
can help prevent theft.You can have a lot of
trouble getting into your vehicle if you ever lock
your keys inside and you
may have to damage
your vehicle to get in. Be sure you have extra keys.
Door Locks
Unlocked doors can be dangerous.
Passengers especially children can easily
open the doors and fall
out. When a door is
locked, the inside handlewon’t open it.
Outsiders caneasily enter through anunlocked
door when you slow down or stop yourvehicle.
This may notbe so obvious: You increase the
chance of being thrown outof the vehicle in a
crash if the doors aren’tlocked. Wear safety belts
properly, lock your doors,and you will be far
better off whenever you drive yourvehicle.
--
--
There areseveral ways to lock and unlock your vehicle.
From the outside, use your door key.
If your vehicle has the optional theft-deterrent system,
unlock the doors with the key or Keyless Entry system.
This will avoid setting off the alarm.
Slide the lock lever down to lock the door fromthe
inside. To unlock the door, slide the lock lever up.
Central Door Unlocking System
Your vehicle will have this feature if it is equipped with
the optional theft-deterrent system. When unlocking
either door, you can also unlock the other door by
holding the key in the turned positionfor a few seconds
or by quickly rotating the door key twice in the
lock cylinder.
Power Door Locks
Automatic Door LOLClose your doors and turn on the ignition. Every time
you move the shift lever outof PARK (P) both of the
doors will lock. The doors will unlock every timeyou
stop the vehicle and move the shift lever into PARK (P).
If someone needs to get out whileyour vehicle is not in
PARK (P), have that person use the nxmual or power
lock. When the door is closed again, it will not lock
automatically. Use the manualor power lock to lock the
door again.
Press the power door lock switch to lock or unlock both
doors at once.
2-4
.
Programmable AutomaticDoor Locks
With the ignition in the RUN position, the door locks
can be programmed through the Driver Information
Center (DIC) to allow the driver tochoose various lock
settings. Press the RESETbutton to answer “yes” and
press the INFO button to indicate a “no” response.
To begin programming, press the INFO and RESET
buttons at the sametime. The first prompt to appear is
AUTOMATIC DOOR LOCK?. You must press the
RESET button when this prompt appears to continue
programming the doors. The next prompt to appear is
ENABLE ALL DOORS FOR LOCK AND UNLOCK?.
This selection locks all doors when shifting out of
PARK (P) and unlocks all doors when shifting back into
PARK (P). DISABLE ALL DOORS FOR LOCK AND
UNLOCK? is used when you do not want any automatic
lock functions. The ENABLE ALL LOCKS AND
DRIVER DOOR UNLOCK? prompt locks all doors
when shifting out of PARK (P) and unlocks only the
driver’s door when shifting back into PARK (P).
ENABLE ALL DOORS FOR LOCK ONLY? selection
appears next. Thisprompt is used to lock all doors when
shifting out of PARK (P) and keeps the doors locked
when you shift back into PARK (P).
N yes
or noresponse must be programmed when a
prompt is displayed. A yes response selects the prompt
and a no response displays the next prompt.
When you finish programming the door locks, the next
prompt to appear is for the vehicle storage mode. For
more information on vehicle storage, see “Battery Guard
Storage” later in this section.
Anti-Lockout Feature
Leaving your key in any ignition position with the
driver’s door open will disable the use of the power door
lock switches. The anti-lockout feature is disabled when
the ignition is on. If you close the door, you can lock it
using the Keyless Entry system. It is always
recommended that you remove your ignition key when
locking your vehicle.
Note that this feature is only available with the driver’s
door open.
Also note that the anti-lockout feature can be overridden
by holding the power door lock switch for three seconds
or longer.
Leaving Your Vehicle
If you are leaving the vehicle, open the door, set the
locks from theinside, get out and close the door.
Ke --'
ess ntry System
With this feature, you can
lock and unlock thedoors,
unlock the trunk,open the
fuel door and turn on your
vehicle's interior lamps
from up to 30 feet (9 m)
away using the keychain
transmitter supplied with
your vehicle.
Your Keyless Entry system is intended to be used as a
supplementary vehicle entry device. It is not intended to
replace, but rather should be used in conjunction with,
a
door lock key. It operates on a radio frequency subject to
Federal Communications Commission (FCC) Rules.
This device complies withPart 15 of the FCC Rules.
Operation is subject to the following two conditions:
(1) This device may not cause harmful interference, and
(2) This device must accept any interference received,
including interference that may cause undesired operation.
Should interference to this system occur, try this:
0
Check to determine if battery replacement is
necessary. See the instructions on battery replacement.
0
Check the distance. You may be too far from your
vehicle. This product has a maximum range.
0
Check the location. Other vehiclesor objects may be
blocking the signal.
0
See your Cadillac dealer ora qualified technician
for service.
Changes or modifications to this system by other than
an authorized service facility could void authorizationto
use this equipment.
Operation
& When you press this symbolto unlock the
driver’s door, the parkinglamps on your vehicle will
blink twice. Pressing itagain within five secondswill
unlock the otherdoor. Pressing this button will also
disarm the optionaltheft-deterrent system and turn
on the interior lamps atnight.
8 When you press this symbol to lock the doors, the
parking lamps will blink once. This alsoarms the
optional theft-deterrent system.
Press this symbol toopen the trunk.
Press this button to open the fuel door.
The KeylessEntry transmitter can also be used to recall
the memory seats for up to two drivers. For more
information, see“Memory Seat” in the Index.
Note that pressing thetransmitter buttons numerous
times (approximately 500 times) out of the vehicle’s
operating rangemay cause the transmitter notto work.
Replacing thebattery and pressing thetransmitter
buttons 10 or more times outof range will also cause
the transmitter not to work. To reset the transmitter,
you must be within the vehicle’s operating range.
Press and hold the trunk button and within one
second press the lock button. Continue to hold both
buttons forapproximately three seconds. Seeyour
Cadillac dealer forservice if your transmitter still
doesn’t work properly.
MatcYng TransmitterCs) To Your Vehicle
Each key chain transmitter is coded to prevent another
transmitter from unlocking your vehicle. If a transmitter
is lost or stolen, a replacement canbe purchased through
your dealer. Once the new transmitter is coded, thelost
transmitter will not unlock your vehicle. Each vehicle
can have onlytwo transmitters matched to it.
Battery Replacement
Under normal use, the battery in your key chain
transmitter should last aboutfour years.
You can tell the battery is weak if the transmitter won’t
work at the normal range in any location.If you have to
get close to your vehicle before the transmitter works,
it’s probably time tochange the battery.
_.,....
,.,,x *.;x;,
::,::
2. Remove the battery and replace it with a CR2032
battery. Using the wrong size battery can damage the
transmitter. Make sure the battery is positioned with
the ”plus” (+) facing down.
3. Align the internal pieces of the transmitter, including
the cover. Snap together to reinstall.
1. Use the round end of the door key or a coin IO pry
open the transmitter.
Trunk
It canbe dangerous to drive with the trunk
lid
open because carbon monoxide(CO) gas can
come into yourvehicle. You can’t see or smell
CO. It can cause unconsciousnessand even death.
If you must drive with the trunk
lid open orif
electrical wiring or othercable connections must
pass through the seal between the body and the
trunk lid:
Make sure all windows are shut.
l h r n the fan on your heating orcooling
system to its highest speed with the setting
on AUTO or ECON and the temperature
between 65°F (18°C) and 85°F (29°C).
That will force outside air into your
vehicle.
See “Comfort Controls”in the Index.
If you have air outlets on or under the
instrument panel, open them all the
way.
See “Engine Exhaust” in the Index.
Trunk Lock Release (Option)
To use this feature,
your vehicle must be in
PARK (P). Press the
TRUNK release button
located above theradio on
the Driver Information
Center to open the trunk.
You can also press the trunk button on the Keyless Entry
transmitter to access thetrunk compartment. If you do
not have the full console, pressthe trunk button on the
Keyless Entry transmitter.
2-9
Trunk Lid Automatic Pull-Down Feature
Security Override
r
Pressing the VALET button
located inside of the glove
box will disable the use of
the trunk, fuel door and
garage door opener.
Pressing this button again
will make these features
reusable. Locking the glove
box with the door key
will also help to secure
your vehicle.
Note that the Keyless Entry transmitter can not be used
to open the trunk or fuel door if the VALET button is
pressed in.
Your car has an automaticpull-down feature that
helps close the trunkelectronically. Your fingers
can be trapped under the trunklid as it goes
down. Your fingers could be injured, andyou
would need someone to helpyou free them. Keep
your fingers away from the trunk
lid as you close
it and asit is going down.
Theft
Vehicle theft is big business, especially in some cities.
Although your Cadillac hasa number of theft-deterrent
features. we know that nothing we put on it can make
it impossible to steal. However, thereare ways you
can help.
Key in the Ignition
If you leave your vehicle with the keysinside, it’s an
easy target for joy riders or professional thieves -- so
don’t do it.
2-10
When you park your Cadillac and open the driver’s
door, you’ll hear a chime reminding you to remove your
key from the ignition and take it with you. Always do
this. Your steering wheel will be locked, and so will
your ignition and transaxle. And remember to lock
the doors.
Theft-Deterrent System (Option)
SECURITY
Parking at Night
Park in a lighted spot, close all windows and lock your
vehicle. Remember to keep your valuables out of sight.
Put them in a storage area, or takethem with you.
If your ignition is off and
either door is open, the
SECURITY light will flash
reminding you to activate
the system (the light will
also flash if the battery
has been disconnected
or reconnected).
Parking Lots
If you park in a lot where someone will be watching
your vehicle, it’s best to lock it upand take your keys.
But what if you have to leave your ignition key? What if
you have to leave something valuable in your vehicle?
0
1. Open the door.
2. Lock the door using the power door lock or the
Keyless Entry system. The SECURITY light should
come on and stay on.
Put your valuables in a storage area, like your trunk
or glove box.
3. Close all the doors. The SECURITY light should go
off within approximately 30 seconds.
Lock the glove box.
The horn will sound and the lamps will flash for several
minutes when the door or trunk is opened without the
key or Keyless Entry system. The horn also sounds if
the locks are damaged.
Lock all the doors except the driver’s.
Then take the door key and remote lock control key
chain with you.
2-11
1
~
~-
Remember, the theft-deterrent system won’t activate if
you lock thedoors with a key or use the manual door
lock. It activates onlyif you use a power door lock
switch or the Keyless Entry system.
Testing the “Jarrr
To avoid activating the alarm by accident:
2. From outside of the vehicle, with the door open, lock
the vehicle using the power door lock or the Keyless
Entry system and close the door. Wait30 seconds.
0
0
The vehicle should be locked with the door key qfier
the doors are closed if you don’t want to activate the
theft-deterrent system.
Always unlock a door with a key or use the Keyless
Entry system. (Pressing the unlock button on the
Keyless Entry transmitter disables the theft-deterrent
system.) Unlocking a door any other way will
activate the alarm. Cycling the ignition without
disarming the theft-deterrent system will also
activate the alarm.
If you activate the alarm by accident, unlock any door
with your key. You can also turn off the alarm by using
the Keyless Entry system. The alarm won’t stop if you
try to unlock a door any other way.
2-12
1. From inside the vehicle, roll down the window, then
get out of the vehicle, keeping the door open.
3. Reach in and unlock the door using the manual lock
and open the door.The horn will sound and the
headlamps will flash.
If the alarm does not sound whenit should, check to see
if the horn works. The horn fuse may be blown. To
replace the fuse, see “Fuses and Circuit Breakers’’in the
Index. If the fuse does not need to be replaced, you may
need to have your Cadillac serviced.
To reduce the possibility of theft, always activate the
optional theft-deterrent system when leaving your vehicle.
ASS-k !yv1
Your vehicle is equipped
with the PASS-Key I1
theft-deterrent system.
PASS-Key I1 is a passive
system. The system is
armed when the key is
removed from the ignition.
PASS-Key I1 uses a resistor pellet in the ignition key
that is read by a decoder module in your vehicle. If the
key resistor matches the code stored in the vehicle
module, the vehicle’s fuel and starting systems will be
enabled. If an incorrect key is used, the vehicle’s fuel
and starting systems are disabled for three minutes.
Additional attempts during this lockout period will not
start the car.
If the enginedoes not start and the STARTING
DISABLED DUE TO THEFT SYSTEM, REMOVE
IGNITION KEYmessage is displayed in the Driver
Information Center, your key should be checked for
damage. Starting may be attempted with an undamaged
key immediately. See your Cadillac dealer or a
locksmith for key service.
If the STARTING DISABLED DUE TO THEFT
SYSTEM, REMOVE IGNITION KEY and WAIT
3 MINUTES messages are displayed, the key should
be cleaned and tried. After three minutes, try again.
A START CAR message will appear at this time. If
the engine still does not start, wait 3 minutes and try a
duplicate key. At this time, fuses should be checked (see
“Fuses and Circuit Breakers’’ in the Index). If the engine
does not start with the duplicate key, your vehicle needs
service. See your Cadillac dealer for service.
If the THEFT SYSTEM PROBLEM message is
displayed during vehicle operation, your vehicle needs
servicing. Your vehicle will restart if you turn it off,
however, your vehicle may be unprotected. See your
Cadillac dealer for service.
If an ignition key is lost or damaged, see your Cadillac
dealer or a locksmith to have a new key made.
New Vehicle L6Bre-ak-In’’
NOTICE:
NOTICE:
Your modern Cadillac doesn’t need an elaborate
“break-in.” But itwill perform better in the long
run if you follow these guidelines:
0 Don’t drive at any one speed fast or
slow for the first500 miles (804 km).
Don’t make full-throttle starts.
0 Avoid making hard stops for the first
200 miles (322 km) orso. During this time
your new brake linings aren’t yet broken
in. Hard stops with new linings can mean
premature wear and earlier replacement.
Follow this breaking-in guideline every
time you get new brake linings.
0 Don’t tow a trailer during break-in. See
“Towing a Trailer” in the Index for more
information.
--
2-14
Ignition Positions
--
If your key seems stuck inLOCK and you can’t
turn it, be sure it is all the way in. If it is, then
turn the steeringwheel left and rightwhile you
turn thekey hard. But turn thekey only with
your hand. Using a tool to forceit could break
the key or theignition switch. If none of this
works, then yourvehicle needs service.
OFF (C): This position lets you turn off the engine but
still turn the steering wheel. It doesn’t lock the steering
wheel like LOCK. Use OFF if you must have your
vehicle in motion while the engine is off (for example, if
your vehicle is being pushed).
RUN (D): This isthe position for driving.
START (E): This starts the engine.
Retained Accessory Power
A
E
The following accessories on your Cadillac may be used
for up to 10 minutes after the ignition key is turned
to OFF:
Radio
With the ignition key in the ignition switch, you can turn
the switch to fivedifferent positions:
ACCESSORY (A): This position lets you use things
like the radio and the windshield wipers when the
engine is off. To get into ACCESSORY, push in the key
and turn it toward you. The steering wheel will remain
locked, just as it was before you inserted the key.
0
Power Windows
Astroroof
Power to these accessories stops after 10 minutes or if
either door isopened. If you wantpower for another
10 minutes, turn the ignition key to RUN and then back
to OFF.
LOCK (B): Before you put the key in, the ignition
will be in the LOCK position. This is the only position
in which you can removethe key. This position locks
the ignition, steering wheel and transaxle. It’s a
theft-deterrent feature.
2-15
rt:
Your EI
Move your shift lever toPARK (P) or NEUTRAL (N).
Your engine won’t start in any other position -- that’s a
safety feature. To restart when you’re already moving,
use NEUTRAL (N) only.
NOTICE:
Don’t try to shift toPARK (P) if your Cadillac is
moving. If you do, you could damage the
transaxle. Shift to PARK (P) only when your
vehicle is stopped.
1. Without pushing the accelerator pedal, turn your
ignition key to START. When the engine starts, k t
go of the key. The idle speed will go down as your
engine gets warm.
NOTICE:
Holding your key in START for longer than
15 seconds at a time will cause your battery tobe
drained much sooner. And the excessive heat can
damage your startermotor.
2. If it doesn‘t start right away, hold your key in
START for about three seconds at a time until your
engine starts. Wait about 15 seconds between each
try to help avoid draining your battery.
3. If your engine still won’t start (or starts but then
stops), it could be flooded with too much gasoline.
Try pushing your accelerator pedal all theway to the
floor and holding it there asyou hold the key in
START for about three seconds. If the vehicle starts
briefly but then stops again, do the same thing.
NOTICE:
Your engine is designed to workwith the
electronics in yourvehicle. If you add electrical
parts oraccessories, you could change theway
the engine operates.Before adding electrical
equipment, checkwith your dealer. If you don’t,
your engine might not perform properly.
If you ever have to have yourvehicle towed, see
the part of this manual thattells how to do it
without damaging yourvehicle. See “Towing
Your Vehicle“ in the Index.
Engine Coolant Heater (Option)
(Canada Only)
To use the coolant heater:
1. Turn off the engine.
2. Open the hood and unwrap the electrical cord.
3. Plug it into a normal, grounded 110-volt AC outlet.
A CAUTION:
r1
Plugging the cord into an ungrounded outlet
could cause an electrical shock. Also, the wrong
kind of extension cord could overheat and cause
a fire. You could be seriously injured. Plug the
cord intoa properly grounded three-prong
110-volt AC outlet. If the cord won't reach,use a
heavy-duty three-prong extension cord rated for
at least 15 amps.
In very cold weather, 0"F (- 18O C ) or colder, the engine
coolant heater can help. You'll get easier starting and
better fuel economy during engine warm-up. Usually,
the coolant heater should be plugged in a minimum of
four hours prior to starting your vehicle.
2-17
I
4. After you’ve used the coolant heater, be sure to
store the cord as it was beforeto keep it away
from moving engine parts. If you don’t, it could
be damaged.
How long should you keep the coolant heater plugged
in? The answer depends on the outside temperature, the
kind of oil you have and some other things. Instead of
trying to list everything here, we ask that you contact
your Cadillac dealer inthe area where you’ll be parking
your vehicle. The dealer can give you the best advice for
that particular area.
Automatic Transaxle Operation
The automatic transaxle may haveeither a shift lever
located on the steeringcolumn or on the console
between the seats.
There are several different positions for the shift lever.
2-18
PARK (P): This locks the front wheels. It’s the best
position to usewhen you start the engine because your
vehicle can’t move easily.
It is dangerous to get out
of your vehicle if the
shift lever is not fully in PARK (P) with the
parking brake firmlyset. Your vehiclecan roll.
Don’t leave your vehicle when the engineis
running unlessyou have to. If you have left the
engine running, thevehicle can move suddenly.
To be sure your
You or others could be injured.
vehicle won’t move, even when you’re on fairly
level ground, always set your parking brake and
move the shift lever toPARK (P).
See “ShiftingInto PARK (P)” in the Index.If
you’re pulling a trailer, see “Towinga Trailer” in
the Index.
Ensure the shift leveris fully in PARK (P) range before
starting the engine. Your Cadillac has a brake-transaxle
shift interlock.You have to fully apply your regular
brakes before you can shift from PARK (P) when
the ignition key is in the RUN position. If you cannot
shift outof PARK (P), ease pressure on the shift
lever -- push the shift lever allthe way into PARK (P)
and release the shift leverbutton on the floor shift
console models as you maintain brake application. Then
move the shift lever intothe gear you wish. (Press the
shift lever button before moving the shift leveron floor
shift console models.) See “ShiftingOut of PARK (P)”
in this section.
2-19
REVERSE (R): Use this gear to back up.
EICE:
Shifting toREVERSE (R) while your vehicle is
moving forward could damage your transaxle.
Shift toREVERSE (R) only after your vehicle
has stopped.
Also use this gearto rock your vehicle back and forth to
get out of snow, ice or sand without damaging your
transaxle. See “If You’re Stuck in Sand, Mud, Ice or
Snow” in the Index for additional information.
NEUTRAL (N): In this position, the engine
doesn’t connect with the wheels.To restart when you’re
already moving, use NEUTRAL (N)only. Also, use
NEUTRAL (N)when your vehicle is being towed.
I
Shifting out of PARK (P) or N1
<AL (N) while
your engine is “racing’’ (runningat high speed) is
dangerous. Unless your foot is firmly on the
brake pedal, yourvehicle could move very
rapidly. You could lose control and hitpeople or
objects. Don’t shiftout of PARK (P) or
NEUTRAL (N) while your engine is racing.
~
NOTICE:
Damage to your transaxle caused
by shifting out
of PARK (P) or NEUTRAL (N) with the engine
racing isn’t covered by your warranty.
2-20
OVERDRIVE (0):
This position is for normal driving.
If you need more power for passing, and you’re:
Going less than 35 mph (55 km/h), push the
accelerator pedal about halfway down.
Going about 35 mph (55 km/h) or more, push the
accelerator all the way down.
THIRD (3): This position is also used for n o m a
driving however, it offers more power and lower fuel
economy than OVERDRIVE (03).
Here are examples for using THIRD (3) instead of
OVERDRIVE (03):
0
When driving on hilly, winding roads.
When towing a trailer, so there is less shifting
between gears.
The transaxle will shift down to the next gear and
have more power.
When going down a steep hill.
NOTICE:
If your vehicle seems to start up rather
slowly, or
if it doesn’t seem to shift gearsas you accelerate,
a transaxle system
something may be wrong with
sensor. If you drive very far thatway, your
vehicle can be damaged.So if this happens, have
your vehicle serviced rightaway. Until then, you
can use SECOND (2) when you are drivingless
than 35 mph (55 km/h) and OVERDRIVE
for higher speeds.
(a)
1
SECOND (2): This position gives you more power. You
can use SECOND (2) on hills. It can help control your
speed as you go down steep mountain roads, but then
you would also want to use your brakes off and on.
I
I
I
NOTICE:
Don’t shift into SECOND(2) unless you are going
slower than 65 mph (105 km/h), or you can
damage yourengine.
FIRST (lji This positiongives you even morepower
than SECOND (2). You can use it on verysteep hills,
or in deep snow or mud. (If the shift lever isput in
FIRST (l),the transaxle won’t shift into gear until the
vehicle isgoing slowly enough.)
NOTICE: - -
-
If your frontwheels can’t rotate, don’t try to
dri.ve. This-might happehif you were stuck in
or were up against asolid
very.deep sand or mud
object. You could damageyour transaxle.
Also, if you stop when going uphill,don’t hold
your vehicle there withonly the accelerator
pedal. This could cause overheating and damage
the transaxle.Use your brakes to hold your
vehicle in position ona hill.
Parking Brake
Hold the regular brake
pedal down with yourright
foot and push,down the
parking brake pedal with
your left footto set the
parking brake. If the
ignition is on, the PARK
BRAKE indicator light
will come ,on.
If you try todrive off with the parking brake on, the
PARK BRAKE indicator light stays on. See “Parking
Brake Indicator Light”in the Index formore
information.
When you move outof PARK (P) or NEUTRAL.(N),*if
the engine is running, the p&king brake should release.If
it doesn’t, you can manually release the parking brake.
A CAUTION: If your hand or arm
is in the wayof the pedal,
you could be hurt. The pedal springs back
quickly. Keep your hand and arm away
when
you use the manual releaselever.
NOTICE:
Reach under the driver’s
side of the instrument panel
and pull on the manual release lever, which is located
above the parkingbrake pedal. If the parking brake does
not release, you will have to have your vehicle serviced.
Driving with the parking brak6 bn’can cause
your rear brakes to overheat.
You may have to
replace them andyou could also damage other
parts of your vehicle.
If you are towing atrailer and are parking on a hill, see
“Towing a Trailer’’ inthe Index. Thissection shows
what to do firstto keep the trailer from moving.
2-23
YYiif“rg Into PARK (P)
Steering Column Shift Lever
1. Hold the brake pedal down with your right foot.
2. Move the shift lever into the PARK (P)position like this:
It can be dangerous to get out
of your vehicle if
the shift lever is not fully in PARK (P) with the
parking brake firmly set. Your vehicle can roll.
If you have left the engine running, thevehicle
can move suddenly. You or others could be
injured. To be sure your vehicle won’t move, even
when you’re onfairly level ground, use the steps
that follow. If you’re pulling a trailer, see
“Towing a Trailer” in the Index.
I
\
Pull the lever toward you.
~~~
2. Move the shift lever into PARK
the (P) position like this:
Move the lever up as far as it will go.
3, With your right foot still holding the brake pedal
down, set the parking brake.
3. Hold in the button on the lever and push the lever all
the way toward thefront of your vehicle.
4. Move the ignition key to LOCK.
4. With your right foot still holding the brake pedal
down, set the parking brake.
5. Remove the key and take it with you. If you can
leave your vehicle with the ignition key in your
hand, your vehicle is in PARK (P).
Console Shift Lever
1. Hold the brake pedal down with your right foot.
5. Move the ignition key to LOCK.
6. Remove the key and take it with'you. If you can
leave your vehicle with the ignition keyin your
hand, your vehicle is in PARK (P).
Leaving Your Vehicle With the
Engine Running
It can be dangerousto leave your vehicle with the
engine running. Your vehicle could move
suddenly if the shift leveris not fully inPARK (P)
with the parking brake firmlyset. And, if you
leave the vehicle withthe engine running, it could
overheat and even catch fire.You or others could
be injured. Don’t leaveyour vehicle with the
engine running unless you have to.
If you have to leave your vehicle with theengine
running, be sure your vehicle is in PARK (P) and your
parking brake is firmly set before you leave it. After
you’ve moved the shift lever into the PARK (P)
position, hold the regular brakepedal down. Then, see if
you can move the shift lever away fromPARK (P)
without first pulling it toward you (or, if you have the
console shift lever, withoutfirst pressing the button). If
you can, it means that the shift lever wasn’t fully locked
into PARK (P).
2-26
Torque Lock
If you are parking on a hill and you don’t shift your
transaxle into PARK (P) properly, the weight of the
vehicle may puttoo much force on the parking pawlin
the transaxle. You may find it difficult to pull the shift
lever out of PARK (P). This is called “torque lock.” To
prevent torque lock, set theparking brake and thenshift
into PARK (P) properly before you leave the driver’s
seat. To find out how,see “Shifting Into PARK (P)” in
the Index.
If torque lock does occur, you may need to have another
vehicle push yours a little uphill to take some of the
pressure from the transaxle, so you can pull the shift
lever out of PARK (P).
Shifting Out ofPARK (P)
Parking Over Things ThatBurn
Your Cadillac has a brake-transaxle shift interlock. You
have to fully apply your regular brakes before you can
shift from PARK (P) when the ignition is in the RUN
position. See “Automatic Transaxle” in the Index.
If you cannot shift out of PARK (P), ease pressure on
the shift lever -- push the shift lever all the way into
PARK (P) and also release the shift lever button on floor
shift models as you maintain brake application. Then
move the shift lever into the gear you want. (Press the
shift lever button before moving the shift lever.) If you
ever hold the brake pedal down but still can’t shift out of
PARK (P), try this:
1. Turn the key to OFF. Open and close the driver’s
door toturn off the Retained Accessory Power
feature.
2. Apply and hold the brake until the end of Step 4.
3. Shift to NEUTRAL (N).
4. Start the vehicle and then shift to the drive gear
you want.
5. Have the vehicle fixed as soon as you can.
Things that can burn could touch hot exhaust
parts under your vehicle and ignite. Don’t park
over papers, leaves, dry grass or other things that
can burn.
2-27
1
E1
E: ‘~aust
Running Your Engine While
You’re Parked
Tt’s better not to park with the engine running. But if you
ever have to, here aresome things to know.
Engine exhaust cankill. It contains the gas
carbon monoxide (CO), whichyou can’t see or
smell. It can cause unconsciousness and death.
You might have exhaust comingin if:
Your exhaust system sounds strange
or different.
Your vehicle gets rusty underneath.
Your vehicle was damaged in a collision.
Your vehicle was damaged when driving over
high points on the roador over road debris.
Repairs weren’t done correctly.
Your vehicle or exhaust system had been
modified improperly.
If you ever suspect exhaust is coming into
your vehicle:
Drive it only with all the windows down to
blow out any CO; and
Have your vehicle fixed immediately.
Idling the engine with the airsystem controloff
could allow dangerous exhaust into yourvehicle
(see the earlier Caution under “Engine
Exhaust”).
Also, idling in a closed-in place can let deadly
carbon monoxide (CO) into yourvehicle even if
the fan switchis at thehighest setting. One place
this can happenis a garage. Exhaust with
CO can come in easily. NEVER park in a
garage with the engine running.
Another closed-in place can be a blizzard. (See
“Blizzard“ in theIndex.)
--
--
Windows
Power Windows
It can be dangerous to get out
of your vehicle if
the shift leveris not fully in PARK (P) with the
parking brake firmlyset. Your vehiclecan roll.
Don’t leave your vehicle when the engineis
running unless you have to. If you’ve left the
engine running, thevehicle can move suddenly.
You or others could be injured.
To be sure your
vehicle won’t move, even when you’reon fairly
level ground, always set your parking brake after
(P).
you move the shift lever PARK
to
Follow the proper steps to be sure your vehicle won’t
move. See “Shifting Into PARK (P)” in the Index.
If you are parking on a hill andif you’re pulling a
trailer, also see “Towing a Trailer” in the Index.
The controls are
located near each
window. Press the
control forward to
raise the window .and
press rearward to
lower. Note that the
second rearward
position on the driver’s
control operates the
express-down
window feature.
Your vehicle has Retained Accessory Power (RAP).
When you stop your vehicle and turn theignition key to
OFF, you can still use your power windows. The
electrical power to operate the windows will not shut off
until you open a door or 10 minutes have passed. If you
want this power for another 10 minutes, turn the key to
RUN and back to OFF.
111
vv heel
This feature ispresent on the driver's power window.
Pressing the control rearward into the second position
then releasing it will lower the window completely. If
you want to stop the window as it is lowering, press
the control forward. Press the control forward to raise
the window.
Note that the first position on the control operates the
driver's power window.
Horn
The horn can be sounded by pressing any surface on the
center steering wheel pad.
Tilt steering allows you to adjust the steering wheel
before you drive. Raising the steering wheel to the
highest level gives your legs nwre room when you enter
and exit the vehicle.
Hold the steering wheel and pull the lever toward you to
tilt the wheel. Adjust the steering wheel to a comfortable
position and then release the lever to lock the wheel
in place.
Turn SignallMultifunction Lever
Turn and Lane Change Signals
If the turn signal is left on, a warning chime will sound
and the DIC will display TURN SIGNAL ON (after
driving about a mile) to remind you to turn it off.
The turn signal has two upward (forright) and two
downward (for left) positions. These positions allow
you
to signal a turn or a lane change.
Arrows that flash rapidly when signaling for a turn or
lane changemay be caused by a burned out signalbulb.
Other drivers won’t see the turn signal.
To signal a turn move the lever all the way upor down.
The lever returns automatically when theturn is complete.
Replace burned out bulbs to help avoid possible
accidents. Check the fuse (see “Fusesand Circuit
Breakers” in the Index) and for burned-out bulbs if the
arrow fails to work when signaling a turn.
A green arrow on the
instrument panel will flash
in the directionof the turn
or lane change.
Raise or lower the lever until the arrow starts to flash to
signal a lane change. Hold it thereuntil the lane change
is complete. The lever returns when it‘s released.
Headlamp High/Low Beam
Pull the turn signal lever all
the way toward you and
then release it to change the
headlamps from low beam
to high or fromhigh beam
to low. The blue light on the
instrument panel will be on
indicating high-beam usage.
2-31
Flash-To-Pass
,
Windshield Wipers
This lets you use the high-beam headlamps to signal the
driver in front of you that you-wantto pass. It works
everi if tfie headlamps are off.
Pull the turn signal lever toward you to use. When
you do:
If the headlamps are off, the high-beam headlamps
will
on. They'll stay on as long as youhold the
lever there. Release the leverto turn them off.
' t u r n
0
0
If the headlamps are on low beam, they will shift to
high beam and stay there. Pull the lever toward you
to return to low beam.
If the headlamps are on high beam, they will switch
to low beam. To return to high beam,pull the lever
toward you.
WIPER: Turn the band on the turn signal lever to
control the wipers.
MIST: Turn the band toward you and then release it for
a single wipe cycle. For more cycles, hold the band on
MIST longer.
LO or HI: Turn the band away fromyou to either LO
(low speed) or to HI (high speed), depending on the
Rainsense V - ?ers (ETC Only)
wiper speed you want.
DELAY You can set the wiper speed for a long or short
delay between wipes with this setting. Move the band to
the DELAY position. The closer you move it to LO, the
shorter the delay.
OFF: Turn the band to OFF to turn off the wipers.
Be sure to clearice and snow from the wiper blades before using them. If they’re frozen to the windshield,
carefully loosen or thaw them. If the blades do become
damaged, get new blades or blade inserts.
Heavy snow or ice canoverload the wiper motor. A
circuit breaker will stop the motor until it cools. Clear
away snow or ice toprevent an overload.
This feature is mounted on the passenger’s interior side
of the windshield behind the rearview mirror and is used
to automatically operate the wipers by monitoring the
amount of moisture that is on the windshield.
The Rainsense system can be activated by turning the
wiper stalk to one of the five sensitivity levels within the
AUTO DELAY area. Turn the stalk toward you for
minimum sensitivity and away from you for maximum
sensitivity. A single wipe will occur each time you turn
the wiper stalk to a higher sensitivity level. An initial
wipe occurs when you turn the ignition on as a reminder
that Rainsense is active. The windshield wipers also
~.
~
2-33
remain in a “high park” position, even when the ignition
is turned OFF.
The Rainsense wipers operate in a delay mode as well
as, a continuous low or high speed depending on the
amount of moisture and the sensitivity level. The MIST
and “wash” cycles operate as normal and are not
effected by the Rainsense function.
NOTICE:
The Rainsense feature should be turned off when
going through a car washto avoid damage.
It is important to note that the Rainsense wiping feature
(AUTO DELAY) can be overridden at any time by
manually changing the wiper control toLO or HI speed.
Note that if you ever need to replace the windshield,
make sure it is Rainsensor compatible.
2-34 -
Windshield Washer
In freezing weather, don’t use your washer until
the windshield is warmed. Otherwise the washer
fluid can form iceon the windshield, blocking
your vision.
Press and hold the PUSH paddle to wash the windshield
Release the paddle when you have enoughfluid. The
wipers will clear the windshield andeither stop or return
to your preset speed.
LOW WASHER FLUID will be displayed on the DIC
when the washer fluid reaches a low level.
Driving without washer fluid canbe dangerous. A bad
mud splash can block your vision and you could hit
another vehicle or go off the road. Check the washer
fluid level often.
Cruise Control
I
I
Cruise control canbe dangerous where you
can’t drive safely at a steady speed. So,
don’t use your-cruise controlon winding
roads or in heavy traffic.
Cruise control canbe dangerous on
slippery roads. On such roads, fast changes
in tire traction can cause
needless wheel
spinning, andyou could losecontrol. Don’t
use cruise controlon slippery roads.
With cruise control, you can maintain a speed
of about
25 mph (40 kmb)or more without keeping your foot on
If your vehicle is in cruise control when the traction
the accelerator. This can help on long trips. Cruise
control system begins to limit wheel
spin, the cruise
control does not work at speeds below about
25 mph
control
will
automatically
disengage.
(See “Traction
(40h b ) .
Control System” in the Index.) When road conditions
Cruise control shutsoff when you apply your brakes.
allow you to safely useit again, you may turn the cruise
control back on.
2-35
Setting Cruise Control
If you leave your cruise control switch on when
you’re not using cniise, you might hita button and
go into cruise whenyou don’t want to. You could
be startled and evenlose control. Keep the cruise
control switch OFF until you want to use it.
Move the cruise control
switch to ON.
2. Accelerate to the speed you want.
2-36
Press the SET CRUISE
button at the end of the.
lever and release it. The
CRUISE ENGAGED
message will display on
the DIC.
4. Remove your foot from the accelerator pedal.
Setting thecruise control at
a desired speed and then
applying the brake will end
the cruise function. Once
you’re going about 25 mph
(40 km/h) or more, you
can move the cruise
control switch from ON to
R/A (Resume/Accelerate)
for about half a second to
reset. This returns you to
your desired preset speed.
Kernember, if you hold the switch at R/A longer than
half a second, the vehicle will accelerate until you
release the switch or apply the brake. You could be
startled and even lose control. So unless you want to
go faster, don’t hold the switch at R/A.
There are two ways to increase your speed. Here’s
the first:
1. Use the accelerator pedal to go to a higher speed.
2. Push the button at the end of the lever and then
release the button and the accelerator pedal. You’ll
now cruise at the higher speed.
Here’s the second way to increase speed:
Move the cruise switch from ON to R/A. Hold it
there until you reach a desired speed and then release
the switch.
To increase your speed in very small amounts, move
the switch to R/A. Each time you do this, your
vehicle will go about 1 mph (1.6 km/h) faster.
The accelerate feature will only work after you have
set the cruise control speed by pushing the SET
CRUISE button.
Reducing Speed While Using Cruise Control
There are two ways to reduce your speed while using
cruise control:
Push in the button at the end of the lever until you
reach a desired lower speed, then release it. A
CRUISE ENGAGED message will then display.
To slow down in very small amounts, push the button
for less than half a second. Each timeyou do this,
you’ll go 1 mph (1.6 km/h) slower.
Passing Another Vehicle While Using Cruise Control
Use the accelerator pedalto increase your speed. When
you take your foot off the pedal, your vehicle will slow
down to the cruise control speed you set earlier.
Using Cruise Control on Hills
How well your cruise control will work on hills depends
upon your speed, load and the steepnessof the hills.
When going up steep hills, you may haveto step on the
accelerator pedal to maintain yourspeed. When going
downhill, you may have to brake or shift to a lower gear
to keep your speeddown. Of course, applying the brake
takes you out of cruise control. Many drivers findthis to
be too much trouble and don’t use cruise controlon
steep hills.
Ending Cruise Control
There are two ways to end cruise control:
0
Step lightly on the brake pedal.
Move the CRUISE switch to OFF.
Erasing Speed Memory
The cruise control set speed memory is erased when you
turn off the cruise control or the ignition.
Lamps
The control on the left side
of the instrument panel
controls these lamp systems:
"
I
.
.
OFF,
' f "
Pull the knob out to the first stop turn
to on the parking
and taillamps, sidemarker lamps and instrument panel
lights. Pull the knob out all the way toturn on the
headlamps. You can brighten or dim the instrument cluster
by rotating the headlamp knob. Press the knob all the way
in to turn them off. The exterior lamps will automatically
turn on after several secondsof wiper activation.
Headlamps
Wiper Activated Headlamps
,
0
__.",
Headlamps
Taillamps
0
Parking Lamps
0
Sidemarker Lamps
0
License Plate Lamp
0
Underhood Lamp
Fog Lamps
Instrument Panel Lights
This feature activates the headlamps and parking lamps
after the windshield wipers have been in use for
approximately 20 seconds.
In order to operate the wiper activated headlamps, the
twilight sentinel must be in the on position. This feature
lights the way in poor weather and it also makes your
vehicle more visible to other drivers. If the wiper
activated headlamps are on, and the ignition switch is
turned off, the wiper activated headlamps will
immediately turn off.
The wiper activated headlamps will deactivate if you
turn off the twilight sentinel or if the windshield wipers
have been turned off for a period of one or two seconds.
Interior Courtesy Lamps
2-39
Lamps On Reminder
You will hear a warning chime if you pull the key from
the ignition while leaving the lampson, if the manual
headlamp control is activated. An exception to thisis
when you’re using twilightsentinel.
Daytime Running Lamps
Daytime Running Lamps (DRL) can make it easier for
others to see the front of your vehicle during the day.
DRL can be helpful in many different driving
conditions, but they can be especially helpful in the
short periods after dawn and before sunset.
A light sensor on top of the instrument panel makes the
DRL work, so be sure it isn’t covered.
The DRL system will make the high-beam headlamps
come on at reduced brightness when:
the ignition is on,
0
the headlamp switch is off and
0
the transaxle is not in PARK (P).
When DRL are on, only your high-beam headlamps (at
reduced brightness) will beon. No other exterior lamps
such as the parkinglamps, taillamps, etc. will be on
when the DRL are being used. Your instrument panel
won’t be lit up either.
When it’s dark enough outside, the high-beam
headlamps (at reduced intensity) willchange to
low-beam headlamps. When it’s bright enoughoutside,
the regular lamps willgo off, and the high-beam
headlamps change to the reduced brightnessof DRL.
To idle your vehicle with theDRL off, turn off the
twilight sentinel switch and shift the transaxleinto
PARK (P). Placing your vehicle in PARK(P) disables
the DRL. The DRL will stay off until you shift out of
PARK (P).
As with any vehicle, you should turn on the regular
headlamp system when you needit.
Fog Lamps
Use the fog lamps for better
vision in foggy or misty
conditions. When you press
the fog lamp button, a small
indicator light will tell you
the fog lamps are on. Press
the button again to turn
them off.
When the twilight sentinel is on and the fog lampswitch
is turned off, the headlamps and parking lamps will
deactivate. Also note that using fog lamps during the
day will cancel the DRL feature.
Cornering Lamps
The cornering lamps come onwhen the headlamps or
parking lamps are on and you signal a turn. They
provide more light for cornering.
Underhood Lamp
If you switch on the high-beam headlamps, the fog
lamps will turn off. They’ll turn back on again when you
switch to low-beam headlamps.
Turn the parking lamps on tooperate the underhood
lamp. The underhood lamp will come onwhen the hood
is open.
When the twilight sentinel ison and the fog lamp switch is
activated, only the headlamps will turn off automatically.
The fog lamps and parking lamps will remain on.
2-41
Light Sensor
Twilight Sentinei
The control is next to the
headlamp knob. It
automatically switches the
lamps on and off by sensing
how dark it is outside.
To operate the twilight sentinel, leave the lamp knob
off and move the TWILIGHT control to any position
but OFF.
The light sensor for the DRL and the twilight sentinelis
located i n the centerofthe front defogger grille.
If you cover
the sensor, it will read "dark" and the lamps will come on.
If you move the control all the way to the right, the
lamps will remain on for approximately three minutes
after the ignition has been turned to the OFF or LOCK
position. If you move the control so it is just on, the
lamps will go off quickly when you turn the ignition
switch out of RUN. You can adjust the delay time from
only a few seconds to three minutes.
Exterior Lighting Battery Saver
2-42
The exterior lamps will turnoff approximately
10 minutes after the ignition is turned to LOCK or ACC,
i f the m a n u a l park lamp control is on. This protects
draining the battery in case you have left the headlamps
or parking lamps on. Use the control knob to turn the
lamps back on indefinitely. (The control knob must be
cycled off and then on to turn the lamps back on.)To
delay the lamps from turning off. see "Twilight
Sentinel" earlier i n this section.
Interior Lamps
Reading Lamps
Instrument Panel Intensity Control
As you turn theheadlamp knob clockwise, the
instrument panel lights will brighten.
Turning the headlamp knob all the way clockwise will
turn on the interior lamps.
Illuminated Entry System
The illuminated entry system turns on the courtesy
lamps and the backlighting to the door switches and
headlamp knob control when a door isopened or if you
press the Remote Keyless Entry (RKE) button. Note that
the illuminated entry system is photocell which means
that it must be dark outside in order for the courtesy
lamps to turn on. The courtesy lamps will turn off
approximately 20 seconds after the last door is closed.
The reading lamps are located in the roof. These lamps
and the interior courtesy lamps come on when either
door is opened and it is dark outside. Press the button to
turn them on. Press it again to turn them off.
If the reading lamps are left on, they automatically shut
off 10 minutes after the ignition has been turned off.
Inadvertent Power Battery Saver
This feature is designed to protect your vehicle's battery
against drainage from the interior lamps, trunk lamp,
glove box lamp, cigarette lighters or the garage door
opener. When the ignition is turned OFF, the power to
these features will automaticallyturn off' after 10 minutes
(three minutes if a new car has 15 miles or less). Power
will be restored for an additional 10 minutes if either
door is opened, the trunkis opened or the courtesy lamp
switch is turned on.
Battery Guard Storage
This feature is for long term use and mustbe
programmed through the DIC while the ignition is in the
RUN position. Battery guard storage protects the battery
by placing the vehicle in a storage mode so that the
radio, amplifiers, instrument cluster and Remote Keyless
Entry (RKE) will not drain the battery overa long
period of time.
To begin programming, press the INFO and RESET
buttons at the same time for approximately twoseconds.
Press the RESET button to answer "yes" and press the
INFO button to indicate a "no" response.
2-44
The first prompt to appear relates to the automaticdoor
locks. This feature can be bypassed by pressing the
INFO button. The STORAGE MODE? prompt appears
next. To select, press the RESET button. ENABLE
STORAGE MODE? will then appear. A yes or no
response must be give.n. If the INFO (no) button is
pressed, the DISABLE STORAGE MODE? prompt will
appear. Oncc again, a yes or no response is required.
Once the battery guard has been programmed, your
vehicle will enter the storage mode approximately
20 minutes after the ignition key has been turnedoff.
The RKE will alsobe disabled at this point. The RKE
will reactivate when a door or the trunk is opened,
however. i f your vehicle is left inactive for another
20 minutes the RKE will re-enter the storage mode.
Your vehicle will stay in the storage mode until the
ignition key is turned out of LOCK. The system will
"wake-up" when the door key is inserted into the door
however, your vehicle will remain in the storage mode.
The ignition must be out of LOCK before the battery
5
~ ~ ~isadisabled.
r d
Mirrors
On/Off Switch
Electrochromic Day/Night Rearview Mirror
Your Cadillac hasan electrochromic dayhight
rearview mirror.
Press the button atthe base of the mirror to turn
on the
automatic feature. The button hasan indicator light to
This mirror automatically changes to reduce
glare from
show it is on. Press the button to turn the automatic
headlamps behind you. A photocell on
the'back of the
'mirror senses whenit is becoming dark outside. Another feature off.
photocellbuilt into the mirrorsurfacesenseswhen
,
headlamps are behind you.
At night, when the glare
is too high, the mirror will
gradually darkento reduce glare (this change may take a
few seconds).The mirror will return to
its clear daytime
state when the glare is reduced.
2-45
Time Delay
This feature prevents rapid changing of the mirror from
the night mode to the day mode as you drive under
lights and through traffic.
Electrochromic Day/Night Rearview Mirror
with Compass (Option)
Reverse Gear Day Mode.
'
The reverse mode is another important feature of the
automatic mirror. When the shift lever is placed in
REVERSE (R), the mirror changesto the day mode.
This gives you a bright imagein the mirror as you
back up.
Cleaning Photocells
Use a cotton swab and glass cleaner to clean the front
and rear photocells that make the auto-dimming
feature work.
This mirror automatically changes to reduce glare when
set in the M (Mirror) or C/M (Compass/Mirror) positions.
One photocell on the back
of the mirror senses whenit is
becoming dark outside. Another photocellis built into the
mirror surface to sense headlamps behind
you.
2-46
3ru
rne Ben
1v1
L Ime
uelaJ
This featureprevents rapid changing of the mirror from
the night mode tothe day mode as you drive under
lights and through traffic.
ear D; Modc
The reverse mode is another important featureof the
automatic mirror. When the shift lever is placed in
REVERSE (R), the mirror changes to the day mode.
This givesyou a bright image in the mirror as you
back up.
C
OFF: This setting turns off the day/night function and
compass. The mirror will stay in the day mode,
M: This turns on the day/night portion of the mirror to
automatically reduce glare.
C/M: This setting turns on the compass in addition to
the day/night function. The letter or letters displayed in
the top right corner of the mirror indicate the direction
in which you are traveling.
’ho
Use a cotton swab and glass cleaner to clean the front
and rear photocells that makethe auto-dimming
feature work.
u
Compass Calibration
Once the compass is calibrated, it does not need to be
recalibrated. To calibrate the compass:
1. Set the switch on the mirror control to C/M.
2. Turn the vehicle ignition switch on. The letter C
should be displayed in the mirror compass window.
If not, hold the CAL switch (on the bottom of the
mirror) for more than 10 seconds, and the letter C
will appear. To hold in the CAL switch, insert a
paper clip into the small hole on the bottomof the
mirror housing. The display will show a number
first, but keep holding until the letterC appears.
3. For quick calibration, drive the vehicle in a
360-degree circle at less than 5 mph (8 km/h) until
the display reads a compass direction. For normal
calibration, drive the vehicle on your everyday
routine, and the compass will eventually calibrate.
2-48
Compass Variance
Variance is the differencebetween magnetic northand
geographic north. In some areas, the differencebetween
the two can be great enoughto cause false compass
readings. If this happens, follow theseinstructions to set
the variance foryour particular location:
1. Find your location on the zone map.Note the zone
number.
Power Remote Control Mirror
located on the driver’s
door armrest.
2. Hold in the CAL switch (on the bottom of the mirror
housing) for.five secondsuntil the current zoneentry
number appears in the display. To hold in the CAL
switch, insert a paper clipinto the small hole on the
bottom of the mirror housing.
3. Press theCAL switch until the number for the new
zone entryis displayed.
Once the desired zonenumber is displayed, stop
pressing theCAL switch and the displaywill show
compass direction within a few seconds.
Move the switch in the middle of the controlto choose
the right or left mirror. To adjust the mirror, push the
arrow control in the direction you want the mirror to go.
Adjust each mirrorso you can seethe side of your
vehicle and the area behind your vehicle.
2-49
I
Driver’s Outside Auto-Dimming Rearview
Mirror (Option)
Storage Compartments
Glove Box
The driver’s side outside mirror will adjust for the glare
of headlamps behind you. This feature is controlled by
the on and off settings on the electrochromic mirror. See
“Electrochromic Daymight Rearview Mirror“ earlier in
this section.
The glove box is located in front of the passenger seat.
To lock the glove box door, insert the oval keyin the
lock cylinder and turnit clockwise. Turn the key
counterclockwise to unlock the door.
Convex Outside Mirror
Map Focket
Your passenger’s side mirror is convex. A convex mirror’s
surface is curved so you can see more fromthe driver’s
a dimming feature.
seat. This mirror does not have
The driver’s door may havea map/storage compartment.
You may also have a storage compartment on the
passenger’s door.
A convex mirror can make things (like other
vehicles) look farther away than they really are.
If you cut too sharply into the right lane, you
1 could hit a vehicle on your right. Check your
inside mirror or glance over your shoulder before
changing lanes.
2-50
Center ConsoleStorage Area
Sunglass Compartment (Option)
. -
I
Your vehicle is equipped with either the mini console if
you have the column shifter or the optional full front
console with shift lever.
The mini console comes with a storage tray, a storage
compartment for CD’s or tapes and a dual cupholder that
unfolds for use. The full console includes a storage
compartment for CD’s or tapes and an optional phone,
an armrest and a cupholder. The cupholder can be
opened by pressing on the surface panel located in front
of the armrest. Close the lid to secure.
This feature is available on vehicles without the optional
astroroof. To gain access to this compartment, which is
located directly above the inside rearview mirror in the
headliner, push up andthe storage area will open.
Rear Storage Armrest (Option)
Your vehicle may be equipped with a rear seat armrest
which includes an open storage compartment and a dual
cupholder that unfolds for use. To open, lift the front
edge. This feature is available on vehicles with leather
interiors only.
2-5 1
Convenience Net
Ashtrays and Cigarette Lighter
With the full console, press on the cover, which is
located below the climate controlsystem, to reveal the
front ashtray. To clean this ashtray, liftit out by gripping
the sides. IC you don’t have a center console, pull the
tray out to reveal the ashtray.The tray is located beneath
the radio. To clean this ashtray, liftit out by pulling on
the snuffer. If the ashtray will notcome out, try reaching
under it and gently press upon the ashtray bowl to
remove it.
To use the rear ashtray, lift the lid.
NOTICE:
The convenience net is inside the back wallof the trunk.
Put small loads, like grocery bags, behind the net. It can
help keep them from falling overduring sharp turns or
quick starts and stops.
The net is not for larger, heavier loads. Store them in the
trunk as far forward as you can. When not using the net,
hook the net to the tabssecuring it to the sill plate.
2-52
Don’t put papers or other flammable items into
your ashtrays. Hot cigarettes or other smoking
materials could ignite them, causinga
damaging fire.
The cigarette lighter is located near the ashtray. Press
it
all the way in and release. It will pop back by itself when
it’s ready to light.You may also have a lighter on the
back of the center console near the rear seat air outlet.
Note that power to the cigarette lighter will shut off
10 minutes after the ignition is turned off. This helps to
prevent battery drainage. For more information, see
“Inadvertent Battery Saver” earlier in this section.
Illuminated Visor Vanity Mirror
I NOTICE:
Don’t hold a cigarette lighter in with yourhand
while it is heating. If you do, it won’t be able to
back away from the heating element when it’s
ready. That canmake it overheat, damaging the
lighter and the heating element.
Sun Visors
Swing downthe visor to block out glare. It canalso be
detached from the center mount and moved to the side
to block glare.
Turn the sunshade down and lift the cover to see the
mirror. Move the slide switch up or down to brighten or
dim the lamp.
The driver’s sunshade is alsoequipped with a storage
flap that can be used for maps or toll tickets.
2-53
-.
Cellular Telephone (Option)
Your vehicle has been prewired for dealer installation of
a Cadillac cellular dual-mode (analog/TDMA)
telephone. A fixed mobile or a portable hand-held
system may beavailable for purchase. Either system
will have steering wheel telephone controls and will
have information output through theDIC. Voice
activation and hands-free operation are standard
features. For more information, contact your Cadillac
dealer. A user’s guide is provided with the telephone.
Astroroof (Option)
f
f
Assist Handles
A folding handle, located on each side pillar, can be
used when getting outof your vehicle.
Floor Mats
Your Cadillac is equipped with rubber-backed front and
rear floor mats. Keep them clean by vacuuming and
using a spot cleaner, if necessary. Do not machine wash.
2-54
The express-open astroroof provides an airy, spacious
feel to your vehicle’s interior and can also increase
ventilation. It includes a sliding glass panel and a slidinq
sunshade. The control switch only works when the
ignition is on or when the Retained Accessory Power
(RAP) is active.
Press the switch rearward and release to express-open
the glass panel and sunshade.
The sunshade can also be
opened by hand.If you wantto stop the roof in a
in either
partially opened position, press the switch
direction. Press and release
the switch againto open it
fully. Press and hold the switch forward
to close the
glass panel.The sunshade can only be closed by hand.
To vent, pressthe switch forward whenthe glass panel
is closed. Openthe sunshade by hand.To close the vent,
press the switch rearward.
Universal Transmitter (Option)
(II
I
I
This transmitter allows you to consolidate the functions
of up to three individual hand-held transmitters.It will
operate garage doors and gates, or with the accessory
package, other devices controlled by radio frequency such
as home/office lighting systems and
security systems.
2-55
The transmitter will learn and transmit thefrequencies
of most current transmitters and is poweredby your
vehicle’s battery and charging system.
Your vehicle’s engine should be turned off while
programming the transmitter. Follow thesesteps to
program up to three channels:
This device complies with Part 15 of the FCC Rules.
Operation is subject tothe following two conditions:
(1) This device may not cause harmful interference, and
( 2 ) This device must accept any interference received,
including interference that maycause undesired
operation.
1. If you have not previously programmed a universal
transmitter channel, proceed to Step 2. Otherwise,
hold down thetwo outside buttons on the universal
transmitter until the red light beginsto flash rapidly
(approximately 20 seconds). Then release the
buttons. This procedure initializes the memory and
erases any previous settingsfor all three channels.
;ramming thc
n
1111
Do not use the universal transmitter with any garage
door opener that does not have the “stop and reverse”
safety feature. This includes any garage door opener
model manufactured before April 1, 1982.
Be sure that people andobjects are clear of the garage
door you are programming.
2. Hold the end of the hand-held transmitter against the
bottom surface of the universal transmitter so that
you can still see the red light.
3. Decide which one of the three channels you want to
program. Using both hands, press the hand-held
transmitter button and the desired buttonon the
universal transmitter. Continue to hold both buttons
through Step 4.
4. Hold down both buttons until you see the red light
on the universal transmitter flash rapidly and
then
stop. The rapid flashing, which could take up to
90 seconds, indicates that the universal transmitter
has been programmed. Release both buttons once the
light starts to flash rapidly.
If you have trouble programming the universal
transmitter, make sure that you have followed the
directions exactly as described and that the battery in the
hand-held transmitter is not dead. If you still cannot
program it, rotate the hand-held transmitter end over end
and try again. The universal transmitter may not work
with older garage door openers that do not meet current
Federal Consumer Safety Standards. If you cannot
program the transmitter after repeated attempts, consult
your Cadillac dealer.
Be sure to keep the original hand-held transmitterin case
you need to erase and reprogram the universal transmitter.
Note to Canadian Owners: During programming, the
hand-held transmitter may stop transmitting after one or
two seconds. If you are programming from one of these
transmitters, you should press and re-press the button on
the hand-held transmitter every two seconds without
ever releasing the button on the universal transmitter.
Release both buttons when the red light on the universal
transmitter begins to flash rapidly.
Operating the Transmitter
Press and hold the appropriate button on the universal
transmitter. The red light comes on while the signal is
being transmitted.
Note that the effective transmissionrange of the universal
transmitter may differfrom the hand-held transmitter and
from one channel to another. Also note that the universal
transmitter is disabled when theVALET button inside of
the glove box is activated. For more information, see
“Security Override” earlier in this section.
Erasing Channels
To erase all three programmed channels, hold down the
two outside buttons until the red light begins to flash.
Individual channels cannot be erased, but can be
reprogrammed using the procedure for programming the
transmitter explained earlier.
Accessories
Accessories for the universal transmitter are available
from the manufacturer of the unit. If you would like
additional information please call 1-800-355-35 15.
2-58
The instrumentpanel is designedto let you know at a
glance how your Cadillac is running.You’ll know how
fast you’re going,how much fuel you’re using and
many of the other things you’ll
need to know to drive
safely and economically. The main components of the
instrument panelare:
1. Air Outlets
2. Turn Signal/Multifunction Lever
3. Driver Information Center Control Buttons
4. Driver’s Side Air Bag
5. Cluster
6. Steering Column Shift Lever
7. Electronic Climate Controls
8. Audio System
9. Passenger’s Side AirBag
10. Lamp Controls
11. Steering Wheel Touch Controls for Climate Control
12. Hood Release
13. Horn
14. Steering WheelTouch Controls forAudio System
15. Astray and Cigarette Lighter
16. Glove Box
Digital Cluster
I
I
MPG
PREMIUM UNLEADED
NELWLY
United States version shown, Canadian similar
2-60
inalog Cluster
I
United States version shown, Canadian similar
i
Speedometer and Odometer
.-
Tachometer (Analog Cluster)
The speedometer lets you see your speed in both miles
per hour (mph) andkilometers per hour (km/h). The
odometer shows how far; your vehicle has been driven,
in either miles (used in the United States) or kilometers
@Sed in Canada).
This gage indicates the
engine speed in revolutions
per minute (rpm).
You may wonder whathappens if a vehicle has to have a
.
'
new odometer installed. The new one may read the
correct mileage. This is because your vehicle's computer
has stored the mileage in memory.
Vehicle Speed Limiter(275 hp)
This feature prevents your vehicle from exceeding
speeds that the tires are not rated for. When this
happens, the engine's fuel supply is shut off. When the
whicle speed slows, the fuel supply will come on again.
I NOTICE:
~~
~~
Do not operate the engine with the tachometer in
the red area or engine damage may occur.
Engine Speed Limiter
This feature prevents the engine from operating
at too
many revolutions per minute (rpm). When the engine
rpm’s are critically high,the fuel supply to the engineis
supply
shut off. When the engine speed slows, the fuel
will come on again. Thishelps prevent damage to
the engine.
Warning Lights,Gages and Indicators
This part describes the warning lights and gagesthat
may be on your vehicle. The pictures will help you
locate them.
Warning lights and gages can signal that something is
wrong before it becomes serious enoughto cause an
expensive repairor replacement. Paying attention to
your warning lightsand gages could also saveyou or
others from injury.
Warning lights come onwhen there may be or is a
problem with one of your vehicle’s functions. As you
will see inthe details on the next few pages, some
warning lights come onbriefly when you start the
engine just tolet you knowthey’re working. If you are
familiar with this section, you should not be alarmed
when this happens.
Gages can indicatewhen there may be or is a problem
with one of your vehicle’s functions. Often gages and
warning lights work together to let you know when
there’s a problem with your vehicle.
When one of the warning lights comes on and stays on
when you are driving, orwhen one of the gages shows
there may be a problem, check the section that
tells you
what to do about it. Please follow thismanual’s advice.
Waiting to do repairs can becostly -- and even
dangerous. So please get to know your warning lights
and gages. They’rea big help.
Your vehicle may also have a driver information system
that works along withthe warning lights and gages.See
“Driver Information Center’’ in the Index.
2-63
Safety Belt ReminderLight
Air Bag Readiness Light
When the key is turnedto RUN or START, a chime will
come on for about eight seconds to remind people to
fasten their safety belts, unless thedriver’s safety belt is
already buckled.
There is an air bag readiness light on the instrument
panel, which shows AIR BAG.The system checks the
air bag’s electrical system for malfunctions. The light
tells you if there is an electrical problem. The system
check includes the air bag sensors, the air bag modules,
the wiring and thecrash sensing and diagnostic module.
For more information on the air bag system, see“Air
Bag” in the Index.
The safety belt light will
also come on and stayon
for about 20 seconds, then it
will flash for about70
seconds. If the driver‘s belt
is already buckled, neither
the chime nor the light will
come on.
AIR BAG
You will see this light flash
for a few seconds when you
turn your ignitionto RUN
or START. Then the light
should go out. This means
the system is ready.
If the air bag readiness lightdoesn’t come on when you
start your vehicle, or stays on, or comes on when you
are driving, your air bag system may notwork properly.
Have your vehicle serviced right away.
2-64
Charging System Indicator Light
When you turn thekey to
RUN, this light will come
on briefly to show that the
alternator and battery
charging systems
are working.
If this light stays on, you need service and you should
take your Cadillac to the dealerat once. To save your
battery until you get there, turn off all accessories.
Brake System Warning Light
If this warning light comes on,there could be a brake
problem. Have your brake system inspected right away.
BRAKE
This light should come on
briefly when you turn the
ignition key to RUN. If
it doesn’t come onthen,
have it fixed so it will
be ready to warn youif
there’s a problem.
If the light comes on while you are driving, pull off the
road and stop carefully. You may notice that the pedal is
harder to push. Or, the pedal may go closer to the floor.
It may take longerto stop. If the light is still on, havethe
vehicle towed for service. (See “Towing Your Vehicle”
in the Index.)
2-65
A CAUTION:
Your brake system maynot be working.properly
'if thebrake system warning light ison. Driving
with the brakesystem warning lighton can lead
to an accident. If the light is still on after you've
pulled off the road and stopped carefully, have
the vehicle towedfor service.
Parking Brake Indicator Light
PARK
BRAKE
This light come's on when
the parking brake is set, and
it will stay on if the parking
brake does not fully release.
If youtry to drive off with
the parking brake set, this
light will remain on.
1
When theignition is on, the brake-system
warning light
will also come on when you set your parking brake. The
light will. stay on if your parking brake doesn't release
fully. If it stays on after your parking brake is fully
released, it means you have abrake problem.
2-66
t
This light should also come on briefly as you start the
vehicle. If it doesn't, have thelight fiied so it will be
ready to remindyou if the parking brake has not fwlly
released. For more information on how to release
the parking brake, see"Parking Brake" earlier in
this section.
,.
Anti-Lock Brake System Warning Light
ANT‘LOCK
(@)
ANTI LOCK
With the anti-lock brake system, one of these lights will
come on when you start your engineand may stay on for
several seconds. That’s normal.
If the light stays on, turn the ignition off. Or, if the light
comes on when you’re driving, stop as soon as possible
and turn the ignition off. Then start the engine again to
reset the system. If the light still stays on, or comes on
again while you’re driving, your Cadillac needs service.
If the regular brake system warning lightisn’t on, you
still have brakes, but you don’t have anti-lock brakes.
If the regular brake system warning light is also on,you
don’t have anti-lock brakes and there’s a problem with
your regularbrakes. See “Brake SystemWarning Light’’
earlier in this part.
The anti-lock brake system warning light should come
on briefly when you turn the ignition key to RUN. If the
light doesn’t come onthen, have it fixed so it will be
ready to warn you if there is a problem.
2-67
~
Traction Control System Warning Light
TRACTION
CONTROL
This warning light should
come on briefly as you start
the engine. If the warning
light doesn’t come on then,
have it fixed so it will be
ready to warn youif there’s
a problem.
The traction control system warning light maycome on
for the following reasons:
0
If’ there’s a brake system problem that is specifically
related to traction control, the traction control system
will turn off and the warning light willcome on.
0
If the traction control system is affected by an
engine-related problem, the system willturn off and
the warning light willcome on.
If the traction control system warning light comeson
and stays on for an extended period of time when the
system is turned on, your vehicle needs service.
If it stays on, or comes on when you’re driving, there
may be a problem with your traction control system and
your vehicle may needservice. When this warning light
is on, the system will notlimit wheel spin. Adjust your
driving accordingly.
2-68
Engine Coolant Temperature
Warning Light
This red light tells you that
the engine has overheated.
You should stop the carand
turn the engine off as soon
as possible. A warning
chime should also sound if
this light comes on.
As a check, thelight should come on fora few seconds
when you start your engine. In the section “Problems on
the Road,” this manual explains what to do. See “Engine
Overheating” in the Index.
Malfunction Indicator Lamp
(Service Engine Soon Light)
i
SERVICE
ENGINE
SOON
l
1
Your Cadillac is equipped
with a computer which
monitors operation of the
fuel, ignition and emission
control systems.
This system is called OBD I1 (On-Board
Diagnostics-Second Generation) and is intended
to assure that emissions are at acceptable levels for
the life of the vehicle, helping to produce a cleaner
environment. (In Canada, OBD I1 is replaced by
Enhanced Diagnostics.) The SERVICE ENGINE SOON
light comes on to indicate that there is a problem and
service is required. Malfunctions often will be indicated
by the system before any problem is apparent, which
may prevent more serious damage to your vehicle. This
system is also designed to assist your service technician
in correctly diagnosing any malfunction.
2-69
I NOTICE:
If you keep driving your vehicle with this light
on, after a while, your emission controls may not
work as well, your fuel economy may notbe as
good and your engine may not runas smoothly.
This could lead to costly repairs that may notbe
covered by your warranty.
This light should come on, as a check to show youit is
working, when the ignitionis on and the engine is not
running. If the light doesn’t come on, have it repaired.
This light will also come on during a malfunction in one
of two ways:
0
Light Flashing -- A misfire condition has been
detected. A misfire increases vehicle emissions and
may damage the emission control system on your
vehicle. Dealer or qualified service center diagnosis
and service is required.
Light On Steady -- An emission control system
malfunction has been detected on your vehicle.
Dealer or qualified service center diagnosis and
service may be required.
2-70
If the Light Is Flashing
The following may prevent more seriousdamage to
your vehicle:
Reducevehiclespeed.
0
Avoidhardaccelerations.
0
Avoid steep uphill grades.
If towing a trailer, reduce the amount of cargo being
hauled as soon as it is possible.
If the light stops flashing and remains on steady, see “If
the Light Is On Steady” following.
If the light continues to flash, when it is safe todo so,
stop the vehicle. Put your vehicle in PARK(P). Turn the
key off, wait at least 10 seconds and restart the engine.
If the light remains on steady, see “If the Light Is On
Steady” following. If the lightis still flashing follow the
previous steps, and drive the vehicle to your dealeror
qualified service center for service.
If the Light Is On Steady
Have you recently changed brands of fuel?
You may be able to correct the emission system
malfunction by considering the following:
If so, be sure to fuel your vehicle with quality fuel (see
“Fuel” in the Index).Poor fuel quality will cause your
engine not to run as efficiently as designed. Y0.u may
notice this as stalling after start-up, stalling when you
put the vehicle intogear, misfiring, hesitation on
acceleration or stumbling on
acceleration. (These
conditions may go away once the engine iswarmed up.)
This will be detected by the system and cause thelight
to turn on.
Did youjust drivethrough a deep puddleof water?
If so, your electrical systemmay be wet. The condition
will usually be corrected when the electrical system
dries out. A few driving
trips should turnthe light off.
Are you low on fuel?
As your engine starts to run out of fuel, your engine may
not run as efficiently as designed since smallamounts of
air are sucked intothe fuel line causing amisfire. The
system can detectthis. Adding fuel should correct this
condition. Make sure to install the fuel cap properly. It
will take a few drivingtrips to turn the light off.
If you experience this condition, change the fuel brand
you use. It will require at least onefull tank of the
proper fuelto turn thelight off.
If none of the above steps have made the light turn off,
have your dealer orqualified service center check the
vehicle. Your dealer has the proper test equipment and
diagnostic tools to fix any mechanical or electrical
problems that may have developed.
Oil Pressure Light
This light tells you if there
could be a problem with
your engine oil pressure.
The light goes on when you turn your key to RUN or
START. It goes off once you start yourengine. That’s a
check to besure the light works. If it doesn’t come on,
be sure to have it fixed so it will be there to warn you if
something goes wrong.
When the light comes on and stays on, it means that
oil isn’t flowing throughyour engine properly. You
could be lowon oil and you might have some other
system problem.
2-72
1-
Don’t keep driving if the oil pressure is low. If
you do, your engine canbecome so hot that it
catches fire. You or others could be burned.
Check your oil as soon as possible and have your
vehicle serviced.
I NOTICE:
Damage to your engine from
neglected oil
problems can be costly and is not coveredby
your warranty.
Fuel Gage
GAL
PREMIUM UNLEADED
FUEL ONLY
The fuelgage shows approximately how much fuel is in
the tank. It works only when the ignition is in the
RUN position.
On the digitalcluster, if the fuel level is within
approximately two gallons(7.6 L) of being full, the
letter F is shown. If the fuel level is between one and
two gallons (3.8 and 7.6 L) frombeing empty, the letter
E is shown. If the fuel supply gets down
to
approximately one gallon(3.8 L), theE will flash and
the FUEL LEVEL VERY LOW message will appear in
the DIC. (On the analogfuel gage, theFUEL LEVEL
VERY LOW message will also appear.)
Here are a few concerns some owners havehad about
the fuel gage. Allof these situations are normal and do
not indicate that anything is wrong with the fuelgage.
0
At the gas station the gaspump shuts off before the
gage reads E
0
It takes more (or less) gas to fill thetank than the
gage said. For example, thegage read 8 GALLONS,
but it tookmore (or less) than the tank’s remaining
capacity to fill it.
0
The gagemay change when you turn, stop or
speed up.
2-73
-I
Fuel Data Panel
.
,..^
.
I/
,;
..
. .,
.
. . ..,
..
. .
When the INST button (Instantaneous Fuel Economy) is
selected, you will see what the fuel economy is at that
instant. The computer takes a new reading twice every
second. It will show economy up to 70 miles-per-gallon
(or 2 L per 100 km).
To reset the average fuel economy, press the
INFORMATION button until theAVG MPG is
displayed on the DIC. Press and hold theRESET button
until both the fuel data center and DIC display reads 0.0.
The fuel data panel tells youall you need to know about
the fuel economy and howfar you can travel with the
fuel remaining.
Press the AVG button to display the average
mile-per-gallon (AVG MPG). You can also display it in
metric units by pressing the ENG MET button.
When AVG MPG is selected, the total distance is
divided by the total fuel used.
2-74
The RANGE display showshow far the computer thinks
you can travel with the fuel that is in
the tank. The
computer does not know what driving conditions will be
like for the restof your trip, so the range is estimated
based on the recent fuel economy.Therefore, the range
reading may change as your driving habits change.
Going from city to highwaydriving may increase the
range reading.
If the range display shows LO, you should stop for fuel
as soon as possible. Your computer needs enough data
for the RANGE reading to work.
DISPLAY ON/OFF: Pressing this button will turn off
the DIC, Electronic Climate Control, fuel datacenter,
the fuel gage, trip odometer and odometer. While the
displays are off, pressing the INFORMATION button
will only turn on the DIC. If the TRIP SETbutton
is pressed or the fuel level falls below four gallons
(15.2 L), all the displays will come back on.
The DIC display gives you the status of many of your
vehicle’s systems. The DIC is used to display driver
selectable information and warning/status messages.
If more than one problem is detected, the DIC will
automatically display all current messages.
ENGlMET (English/Metric): You can change the
display from English (miles) to metric (kilometers) by
pressing this button. The same button also changes other
readings (like temperature, fuel and odometer).
I t
TRIP SET: By using this button you can tell how far
i,”,
i
i
i
pgi
I
TRIP
you’ve gone sinceyou last set the TRIP SETback to
zero. To reset, press and hold the button until zeros
appear. If your vehicle is domestic, the trip odometer
will return to zero after 999.9 miles (1 609 km). If your
vehicle is Canadian, the trip odometer will return to zero
after 1 999.9 k m (1,242 miles).
75
INFORMATION: Pressing this button repeatedly will
display the AVG MPG, FUEL USED, AVG MPH, OIL
LIFE LEFT, ENGINE RPM, BATTERY VOLTS and
COOLANT TEMP.
TIMER: This feature is like a stopwatch, in that you
can clock the time it takesto get from one point to
another.
To operate, press the TIMER button until TIMER
0O:OO:OO is displayed on the DIC. Each of the fields for
the hours, minutes and secondsare two numeric digits.
Once TIMER OFF 0O:OO:OO is displayed, press the
TIMER button to start the timing feature. Press the
TIMER button again to stop it. If you will be starting
and stopping yourCadillac, during a trip for instance,
the TIMER feature will automatically start timing where
it left off when you last stopped. To reset it, press and
hold the RESET button until the display reads TIMER
0O:OO:OO. Press the INFORMATION button to exit from
the TIMER function.
A
n /
RESET Pressing this button will reset the MPGAVG,
FUEL USED, AVG MPH and OIL LIFE LEFT. Pressing
RESET when a non-resettable display appears will
cause a “recall” mode to occur. When this happens, all
DIC warning messages that have been displayed since
the ignition key was turned to RUN will redisplay.If no
messages were displayed, a MONITORED SYSTEMS
OK message will appear.
MPG AVG (Average FuelEconomy) Reset: Press the
INFORMATION button to display the MPG AVG, then
press and hold the RESET button until 0.0 MPG AVG
is displayed.
Fuel Used Reset: Press the INFORMATION button
to display theFUEL USED on the DIC, then press
and hold the RESET button until FUEL USED 0.0
is displayed.
AVG MPH (Average Speed) Reset: Press the
INFORMATION button to display theAVG MPH, then
press and hold theRESET button until 0.0 AVG MPH
is displayed.
Oil Life Left Reset:Press the INFORMATION button
to display the OIL LIFE LEFT, then press and hold the
RESET button until 100% OIL LIFE LEFT is displayed.
nalog Control Buttons
Fuel Used Reset:Press the INFO button to display the
FUEL USED on the DIC, then press and hold the INFO
RESET button until FUEL USED 0.0 is displayed.
AVG MPH (Average Speed) Reset: Press the INFO
button to display the AVG MPH, then press and hold the
INFO RESET button until 0.0 AVG MPH is displayed.
Timer: This feature is like a stopwatch, in that you can
clock the time it takes to get from one point to another.
INFO RESET Pressing this button will reset the MPG
AVG, FUEL USED, AVG MPH, TIMER, OIL LIFE
LEFT and ENGLISHMTRIC RESET. Pressing INFO
RESET when a non-resettable display appears will
cause a “recall” mode to occur. When this happens, all
DIC warning messages that have been displayed since
the ignition key was turned to RUNwill redisplay. If no
messages were displayed, a MONITORED SYSTEMS
OK message will appear.
MPG AVG (Average Fuel Economy) Reset: Press the
INFO button to display the MPG AVG, then press and
hold the INFO RESETbutton until 0.0 MPG AVG
is displayed.
To operate, press the INFO button to display TIMER.
Each of the fields for the hours, minutes and seconds are
two numeric digits.
Once TIMER OFF 0O:OO:OO is displayed, press the
INFO RESET button to start the timing feature. Press
the INFO RESET button again to stop it. If you will be
starting and stopping your Cadillac, during a trip for
instance, the TIMER feature will automatically start
timing where it left off when you last stopped. To reset
it, press and hold the INFO RESET button until the
display reads TIMER 0O:OO:OO. Press the INFO button
to exit from the TIMER function.
Oil Life Left Reset:Press theINFO button to display
the OIL LIFE LEFT, then pressand hold the INFO
RESET button until 100%OIL LIFE LEFT is displayed.
English/Metric Reset:Press theINFO button to display
ENGLISH/METRIC RESET, then press the INFO
RESET button to select. The display will change from
English (miles) to metric (kilometers).
"
TRIP RESET By using this button you can tell how far
you've gone since you last set the TRIP RESET back to
zero. To reset, press,and hold the button until zeros
appear. If your vehicle is domestic, thetrip odometer
will return to zero after 999.9 miles (1 609 km). If your
vehicle is Canadian, the trip odometer will return to zero
after 1 999.9 km (1,242.miles).
INFO: Pressing this button repeatedly will display the
RANGE, MPG AVG, MPG INST, FUEL USED, AVG
MPH, TIMER, OIL LIFE LEFT, BATTERY VOLTS
and ENGLISH/METRIC RESET.
FUEL DOOR: Press this button to open the fuel door.
TRUNK: Press this button to open thetrunk.
Driver Information Center Messages
These messages will appear if there is a problem sensed
in one of your vehicle's systems. Vehicles that are first
sold in Canada will'have anumber after each message.
This number helps to identify ,the message which is only
displayed in English.
.
-
A k OFF FOR ENGINE PROTECTION 16: This
message displays when the engine coolant
becomes
hotter than thenormal operating temperature. To avoid
added strain on a hot engine, theair conditioning
compressor is automatically turned oft so that air
conditioned air is not delivered. If the coolant
temperature returns to normal, you must seIect ACto
return toa' normal A/C compressor operation. If this
message continues to appear, have the system repaired
as soon as possible to avoid compressor damage.
-
APPLY BRAKE TO SHIFT 46: This message
will appear if your vehicle is in PARK (P) for about
15 seconds and the brake is notpressed in. Remove the
message by holding the OFF and the blue(cooler)
button on the Electronic ClimateControl panel for about
five seconds. Hold the same two buttons again to
redisplay the message.
,
-
BATTERY NO CHARGE 07: This message will
appear if the battery is not being charged. Have the
electrical system checkedby your Cadillac dealershipat
your earliest convenience.
-
BATTERY VOLTSHIGH 08: This message shows
that the electrical charging system is overcharging(more
than 16volts). To avoid being stranded, have the
electrical system checked by your Cadillac dealership.
You can reduce the charging overload
by using the
accessories. Turn on the lamps and radio, set the climate
control on AUTO and the fanspeed on HI, and turn the
rear window defogger on.You can monitor battery
voltage on the DIC by pressing theINFORMATION
button. The normal range is11.5 to 15.5 volts when the
engine is running.
-
BATTERY VOLTS LOW 06: This message will
appear when the electrical system is charging less than
10 volts or if the battery has been drained. If this
message appears immediatelyafter starting, it is possible
that the generator can still recharge
the battery. The
battery should recharge after driving afew miles and the
message should goout. If this message appearswhile
driving orafter starting your vehicle and stays on, have
it checked immediately to determine the cause of this
problem. To help the generator recharge the
battery
quickly you can reduce theload on the electrical system
by turning off the accessories. You can monitor battery
voltage on the DIC by pressing the INFORMATION
button. The normal range is 11.5 to 15.5 volts.
-
BRAKE VACUUM PROBLEM 108: The circuit in
the brake booster vacuum has shorted oris loose when
this message appears. Your vehicle may lose power
brakes but you will still have the use of manual brakes.
The power brakes will not be affected if the problem is
caused by a failed sensor. Have your vehicle serviced
immediately at your Cadillac dealership.
-
CHANGE ENGINE OIL 82: This means that the life
of the engineoil has expired and it should be changed
within 200 miles. See “Engine Oil”and “Filter
Recommendations’’in the Maintenance Schedule. After
an oil change, theOil Life Indicatormust be reset. See
“Oil Life Indicator”in the Index on how toreset it.
-
CHANGE TRANS FLUID 47: This message will
appear when it is time to replace the transaxlefluid
(system has determined that the transaxle fluid has
reached 0%). See the Maintenance Schedule
booklet for
the properfluid and change intervals.
2-79
1
-
-
CHECK BRAKE FLUID LEVEL 37: This message
will display if the ignitionis in the RUN position to
inform the driver that the brake fluid level is low. Check
the brake reservoir level and addfluid as needed. Have
the brake system serviced bya Cadillac technician as
soon as possible. If the brake warning light is on, follow
the directions in that part.
-
CHECK COOLANTLEVEL 02: This message will
appear when there isa low level of engine coolant. Have
the cooling system serviced by a Cadillac technician as
soon as possible.
-
CHECK FUEL GAGE 39: This message will appear
when the fuel supply is less than four gallons ( I 5.2 L)
and the display is turnedoff (digital clusters only).
CHECK OIL LEVEL 36: For correct operation of
the low oil sensing system, your vehicle should be ona
level surface. A false CHECK OIL LEVEL message
may appear if the vehicle is parkedon grades. The oil
level sensing system does not check for actual oil level
if the engine has been off for a short period of time, and
the oil level is never sensed while theengine is running.
If the CHECK OIL LEVEL message appears, and your
vehicle has been parkedon level ground with the engine
off for at least 30 minutes, the oil level should be
-
2-80
checked by observing the oil dipstick. Priorto checking
the oil level be sure the engine has been off for five
minutes and your vehicleis on a level surface. Then
check the dipstick and add oilif necessary. See “Engine
Oil” in the Index.
-
CHECK WASHER FLUID 25: This message will
appear for severalseconds indicating that you need
washer solvent.
-
CRUISE ENGAGED 43: This message will appear
for a few seconds when you selecta speed at which
to cruise.
-
DOOR OPEN 141: The passenger’s door is openor
ajar when this message appears.The vehicle’s engine
must be running and thetransaxle not in PARK (P) for
this message to display.A chime will also sound when
the vehicle’s speed is greater than5 mph (8.1 km/h).
DRIVER DOOR OPEN - 140: This message
will display when the vehicle is being shifted outof
PARK (P) with the engine running to signal that the
driver’s door is open or ajar.A chime will also sound
when the vehicle’s speed is greater than5 mph
(8.1 km/h).
-
ENGINE COOLANTHOT-IDLE ENGINE 44:
This message will appear when the engine coolant
temperature is over248 O F (126°C). To avoid added
strain on a hot engine, turn off the climate control
system. Stopand allow your vehicle to idle until it cools
down or the message is removed. If it does not cool
down, turn off the engineand have it serviced before
driving it again. Severe enginedamage can result from
an overheated engine. See “Engine Overheating”
in
the Index.
-
FUEL LEVELVERY LOW 11: This message serves
as a warning that the fuellevel in the tank is critically
low. Stop for fuel immediately.
-
MONITORED SYSTEMS OK 1: This messageonly
appears in the “recall”mode by pressing theRESET
button. It lets you know that no other messagesare
stored or currentlyactive.
PASS KEY NOT PROGRAMMED 31: This
warning message displayswhen the PASS-Key pellet
information has not been programmed into your vehicle.
See your Cadillac dealership forservice.
-
-
PCM FAULT 110: The circuit in the Powertrain
Control Module (PCM) has shorted or is loose when this
message appears.Have your Cadillac serviced by your
dealership at once.
-
REDUCED ENGINE POWER 41: This message
informs the driverthat due to wheel slippage your
vehicle is reducing engine power to compensate forthe
loss of traction. Accelerating too fast causing thetires to
spin is an example of when this message would display.
-
REMOVE KEY 70: This messagewill appear when
the Personalized Automotive Security System
(PASS-Key 11) is unable to read the pellet on the
ignition key or an improper key pellet has been inserted.
Wait for theDIC to display STARTING DISABLED
DUE TO THEFT SYSTEM REMOVE IGNITION
KEY. The instrumentpanel cluster will then run a timer
and change themessages to WAIT 3 MINUTES, WAIT
2 MINUTES, WAIT 1 MINUTE and then START CAR.
When the REMOVE KEY message is displayed, remove
the ignition key. Check the ignition key for damage. If it
is damaged, it may need to be replaced. If you see no
damage, clean thepellet contacts with a soft cloth or
2-81
napkin before inserting the key backinto the ignition.
Have your vehicle serviced if the message stillappears.
SERVICE A/C SYSTEM A/C COMPRESSOR
OFF 14: This message appears when the electronic
sensors that control the A/C and heating systems
are
no longer working. Have theclimate control system
serviced if you notice a drop in heating and
A/C efficiency.
-
-
SERVICE AIR BAG 83: There is a problem with the
Supplemental Inflatable Restraint (air bag) system when
this message appears. Let only a qualified technician
work on your vehicle. See your Cadillac dealership for
service at once.
SERVICE BRAKE FLUID SWITCH 37: A high
level of brake fluid causes this message to displayif the
ignition is in the RUN position. Have the brake system
serviced by a Cadillac technician as soonas possible. If
the brake warning light is on, refer to the directions
listed in that part.
SERVICE CHARGINGSYSTEM - 102: This
message will display whena problem with the charging
system has been detected. Have your vehicle servicedat
your Cadillac dealership,
-
-
SERVICE ELECTRICALSYSTEM 106: This
message will display if an electrical problem has
occurred within the PCM.Have your vehicle service
by your Cadillac dealership.
SERVICE EMISSIONSSYSTEM - 104: A problem in
the emissions system has occurred when this message
appears. Have your Cadillac dealership service your vehicle.
SERVICE ENGINE COOLING SYSTEM - 103: A
problem within the engine cooling system has been
detected when this message displays. See your Cadillac
dealership for service.
-
SERVICE FUEL SYSTEM 101: The PCM has
detected a problem within the fuel system when this
message appears. See your Cadillac dealership
for service.
-
SERVICE IDLE CONTROL SYSTEM 107: A
problem with the idle control has occurred when this
message displays. Bring your vehicle to yourCadillac
dealership for service.
SERVICE IGNITION SYSTEM- 105: This message
displays when a failure in the ignition system has
been detected. Have your vehicle serviced by your
Cadillac dealership.
-
-
SERVICE RIDE CONTROL 84: This message is
displayed to indicate that the suspensionsystem is not
operating properly. To correct this problem have your
vehicle serviced at your Cadillac dealership.
STOP ENGINE ENGINE OVERHEATED 42: This
message will appear when the enginehas overheated.
Stop and turn the engineoff immediately to avoid severe
engine damage. See “Engine Overheating”
in the Index.
SERVICE TRANSMISSION 100: If a problem is
detected with the transaxle, this message will appear.
Have your vehicle checkedby your Cadillac dealership.
STOP ENGINE LOW OIL PRESSURE 35: If this
message appears while the engine is running, stop the
engine and do not operate it until the cause of low oil
pressure is corrected. Severe damage to the engine
can result.
-
-
SPEED SENSOR FAULT 109: A circuitproblem
with the vehiclespeed sensor will trigger this message
to appear. Have your Cadillac dealershipservice your
vehicle.
STARTING DISABLED DUETO THEFT SYSTEM
REMOVE IGNITIONKEY 33: This messagewill
appear when the Personalized Automotive Security
System (PASS-Key 11) senses that an improper ignition
key is being used to try to start thevehicle. Check the
ignition key for damage.If it is damaged, it may need to
be replaced. If you see no damage, clean thepellet
contacts with a soft clothor napkin. Remove the ignition
key and wait for theDIC to display WAIT 3 MINUTES.
The instrumentpanel cluster will then run a timerand
change the messages to WAIT 2 MINUTES, WAIT
1 MINUTE and then START CAR. When the START
CAR message is displayed, try again to start the engine.
-
-
THEFT SYSTEM PROBLEMKARMAY NOT
RESTART 34: This messagemeans there is a problem
in the Personalized Automotive Security System
(PASS-Key 11). A fault has been detected in the system
which means that the PASS-Key I1 system is disabled
and is not protecting thevehicle. The vehicle usually
restarts however, you may want totake your vehicle to a
proper service center before turning off the engine.
-
-
TOP SPEEDFUEL CUT-OFF 111: This message
will appear when the PCM senses that the maximum
speed foryour Cadillac has been reached. The speed of
your vehicle will decrease several mph as the fuel
supply is cutoff. This allows your vehicle to stay in a
stable operating range.
2-83
1
-
TRACTION READY 91: This message informs the
driver that the traction control system is available. This
occurs when the traction on/off button in the glove box
has been returned to an on position (pressingthe button
once turns the traction control system off; pressing the
button again turns the system backon).
-
TRACTION OFF 89: This message will be displayed
after the traction control has been turned off.
-
TRANS FLUID RESET 48: With the engine not
running and the ignition on, press and hold the
OFF and
rear defog buttons until theTRANS FLUID RESET
message appears on the DIC (between 5 and 20 seconds).
-
TRANSMISSION HOT 112: This messages indicates
that. the transmission fluid in your vehicle too
is hot
(message appears when fluid temperature has reached
266°F (130°C) for 15 minutes or when the temperature
reaches 291 OF (144°C) for 32 seconds). Have your
vehicle serviced immediately.
TRUNK OPEN - 24: This message indicates that the
trunk is open when the ignition is inRUN.
-
TURN SIGNAL ON 20: This message is a reminder,
after driving abouta mile, that you have the turn signal on.
VEHICLE SPEED LIMITEDTO XXX MPH
(KM/H) 113: A failure in the suspension control
system has occurred when thismessage appears. The
PCM determines the speed your vehicleis limited to.
Have your Cadillac servicedif this message appears.
-
VERY LOW REFRIGERANT A/C COMPRESSOR
OFF 12: This message means that the air conditioning
system detects a refrigerant level that is low enough to
cause damage to the A/C compressor.To avoid damage
the A/C compressor automatically turns off and the
Electronic Climate Control will automatically switch
from AUTO to ECON and remain there. Have the
A/C system serviced if this message appears.
-
Oil Life Indicator
Traction Active
When your traction control system is limiting wheel spin,
be displayed.
the TRACTION ACTIVE message will
Slippery road conditions may existif this message is
displayed, so adjust your driving accordingly.This
message will stay onfor a few seconds after the traction
control system stops limiting wheel spin.
Road Sensing Suspension
The Road Sensing Suspension (RSS) and the optional
Continuous Variable-Road Sensing Suspension
(CV-RSS) automatically adjust the ride of your vehicle,
with the CV-RSS having a wider range of control.
Automatic ride control is achieved through the RSS
controller, a computer used to control and monitor the
suspension system. The controller receives inputs from
various sensors to determine the proper system response.
If the controller detects a problem within the system, the
DIC will display a SERVICE RIDE CONTROL
message. If this message appears, have your vehicle
serviced at your Cadillac dealership.
This feature lets you know when to change the engine
oil. It’s based on the engine oil temperatures and your
driving patterns. To see the display, press the
INFORMATION button several times until XX OIL
LIFE LEFT appears. If you see 99% OIL LIFE LEFT,
99% of your current oil life remains.
2-85
- _ _
The DIC may display a CHECK OIL LEVEL message.
Always keep a written record of the mileage and date
when you changed your oil. For more information, see
the Cadillac Maintenance Schedule booklet. If you see
CHECK OIL LEVEL, it means that you have less than
10%of the oil life left and you should consider
changing your engine oil. If you see CHANGE
ENGINE OIL, it. means the oil life isgone and you
should change the oil right away.
The system should indicate changing the oil between
3,000 miles (5 000 km)and 7,500 miles (12 500 km).
It may indicate changing the oil before3,000 miles
(5 000 km) depending on your driving habits. If the
vehicle has been driven 7,500 miles (12 500 km) it will
indicate to change the oil. If you drive in a dusty area,
you should change your oil every 3,000 miles
(5 000 km)or three months (whichever comes first)
unless the display indicateschanging it sooner. The
system doesn’t check how nzuch oil you have, so you’ll
still have to check for that. To seehow, see “Engine Oil”
in the Index.
2-86
When new oil is added, you’ll need to reset thesystem.
To reset, display the Oil Life Indicator by pressing the
INFORMATION button. Then press and hold the
RESET button until the display shows 100% OIL
LIFF T ,EFT.
This feature keeps the rearof your vehicle level as the
load changes. It’s automatic -- you don’t need to
adjust anything.
ke.)
Section 3
/+-
li
$
4
.
-
==\
,L!
gfl
ComfortControls and AudioSystems
In this section you’ll find out how to operate the comfort
control and audio systems offered with your Cadillac.
Be sure to read about the particular systems supplied
with your vehicle.
Electronic Climate Control (ECC)
Comfort Controls
This section tells you how to make your air system work
for you. Your comfort control system uses
ozone-friendly R- 134a refrigerant.
With these systems, you can control the heating, cooli~
and ventilation in your Cadillac. Your vehicle also has
the flow-through ventilation system described later in
this section.
3-1
1
~
n Rmttn
'l'he button with the fan symbol adjusts the fan speed.
Press the up arrow to increasefan speed and the down
arrow to decrease fan speed.
mperature Butt
The red and blue temperature buttons adjust the air
temperature coming through the system. Press the blue
button for a cooler setting or the red button for a warmer
setting. The outside temperature is always displayed
when your vehicle isrunning. You can change it from
Fahrenheit to Celsius by pressing the ENG/MET
(English/metric) button on the DIC.
2C
ntrols
The AUTO/ECON button automatically controls the
direction of air delivery for air conditioning and non-air
conditioning modes.
Automatic Operation
When the system is setfor AUTO, sensors will control
the air delivery mode. Air will come from the floor,
middle or windshield outlets. The i'an speed will vary as
the system maintains the selected temperature setting.
Be careful not to put anything over the solar sensor
located in the middle of the instrument panel near the
windshield. This sensor is used by the automatic system
to regulate temperature.
To find your comfort zone, start with 75°F (24°C)
setting, allow about 20 minutesfor the system to
regulate. Press the red or blue temperature buttons to
adjust the temperature if necessary. If you choose 60°F
(lb"C), the system will remain at that maximum cooling
setting and will not regulate fan speed. If you choose the
temperature of 90°F (32"C), the system will remain at
that maximum heating setting andwill not regulate fan
speed. Choosing either maximum setting will not cause
the system to heat or cool any faster.
With this setting, the air conditioning compressor
automatically cycles when needed to cool the air. In
cold weather, when the system senses the needfor
heat, the airflow willbe directed out the floor outlets.
As the interior temperature approaches a desired setting,
the blower speed will decrease.To maintain interior
comfort. the airflow maymove to the instrument panel
air outlets and floor outlets(BI-LEVEL mode). On
bright, sunny days in cold weather, the airflow may
come out of the A/C outlets (A/C mode) to maintain
comfort and prevent stuffiness.
If your vehicle is sitting out ona hot day and you have it
set on AUTO, the air will first flow outthe floor air
outlets for a few seconds. That is normal. This is to
expel hot air in the airoutlets. As the air is cooled, the
airflow will move through the A/C outlets. If you start
your vehicle with the fan setting on HI, it will skip the
A/C Purge.
To avoid blowing cold air in cold weather, the system
will delay turning on the fan until warm air is available.
The length of delay depends on the outside air
temperature, engine coolant temperature or the time
since the engine was last started. As the coolant warms
up, the blower fan speed will gradually increase and
air will flow from the heater outlets, with some airflow
to the windshield to prevent fogging under most
normal conditions.
If you leave your vehicle, the system will remember the
control setting the next time you start your engine,
except for recirculation and defrost. Each ignition cycle
cancels recirculation, whereas, DEFROST will change
to AUTO when the ignition is shut off and then turned
back on.
Manual Operation
RECIRCULATION: Press this button to limit the
amount of fresh air entering your vehicle. This is helpful
when you are trying to cool the air quickly or limit odors
entering your vehicle. In the AUTO mode, the system
will use recirculation as necessary to cool the air.
Pressing the recirculation button will change the
operation to a manual mode and the air will recirculate
non-stop. Press this button again to turn off the
recirculation feature.
If you notice the windows fogging, press the
recirculation button to exit the recirculation mode.
OFF: Press this button to turn the system off. Fresh air
will continue to flow through the vehicle, and the
system will try to maintain the previously set
temperature. The outside temperature will show in the
display when the system is off.
DE-ICE (Option): Pressing this button helps to
remove ice orfrost from the windshield. See “Heated
Windshield” later in this section.
3-3
DEFOG: Press this button to divide the air between the
windshield and theheater outlets. This is useful when
fog appears on the windshield or side glass due to
sudden rain or snowy conditions. This feature is not
available with the heated windshield option.
AUTO/ECON: Press this button to switch between
AUTO and ECON. The ECON setting attempts to
keep air at a selected temperature, however, it does
not remove humidity from the air. Use this setting in
cold or cool weather to save fuel. The AUTO setting is
used when it’s warm outside and you need to cool the
air in order to maintain a selected temperature and
blower speed.
8 FAN SPEEDS: Press the button with thefan
symbol until AUTO is displayedon the screen. At this
setting, the fan speed is automatically controlled. If it is
cold outside, the blower may not run in
the maximum
high fan speed right away.The system checks the
temperature of the engine coolant to assure it is warm
enough to provide heat. When theengine coolant is
warm, the controller allows thefan togradually increase
to a higher speed. This prevents cold air from blowing
into the passenger compartment.If you want the blower
fan at a high speed, press the up arrow button until you
see HI on the display.If you want thefan speed to be
automatic, but you like the fan speed to be higher than
the AUTO setting, press the fan symbol button untilHI
AUTO is shown on the display. If you want the blower
fan at a low speed, press the down arrow button until
LO is shown on the display.If you want thefan speed to
run lower than the AUTO setting, press the button until
AUTO LO is shown on the display.
DEFROST Press this button to quicklyremove
fog or frost from the windshield. This setting sends most
of the airflow to the windshield with only a small
amount to the floor outlets.
Electronic Solar Sensor
The sensor monitors the sun’s solar radiation and is
located on top of the instrument panel near the
windshield. The ECC system uses this information to
automatically make the necessary temperature and
airflow adjustments to maintain your comfort.
Dual-Zone Climate Control (Option)
Fan Button
The button with the fan symbol adjusts the fan speed.
Press the up arrow to increase fan speed and the down
arrow to decrease fan speed.
The TEMPknob adjusts the air temperature coming
through the system. Turn the TEMP knob clockwise to
increase the temperature and counterclockwise to
decrease the temperature. The outside temperature is
always displayed whenyour vehicle is running.
Modt
:ton
Press this buttonto deliver air through the floor, middle
or windshield outlets. The system will stay in the
selected mode until theMODE button is pushed again.
Press the up or down arrow to cycle through the
available modes.
When the system is setfor AUTO, sensors will control
the air delivery mode. Air willcome from the floor,
middle or windshield outlets. The fan speed will varyas
the system maintains theselected temperature setting.
Be careful not to put anything over the solar sensor
located in the middleof the instrument panel near the
windshield. This sensor is used by the automatic system
to regulate temperature.
To find your comfort zone, start with75°F (24°C)
setting, allow about 20 minutes for the system to
regulate. Press the red or blue temperature buttons to
adjust the temperature if necessary. If you choose 60°F
(16"C), the system will remain at that maximum cooling
setting and will not regulatefan speed. If you choose the
temperature of 90°F (32"C), the system will remain at
that maximum heating setting and will not regulate fan
speed. Choosing either lnaximum setting will not cause
the system to heator cool any faster.
With this setting, the air conditioning compressor
automatically cycles when neededto cool the air.In cold
weather, when the system senses the need for
heat, the
airflow will be directed out thefloor outlets. As the
interior temperature approaches a desired setting, the
blower speed will decrease.To maintain interior
comfort, the airflow may moveto the instrument panel
air outlets and floor outlets (BI-LEVEL mode). On
bright, sunny days in cold weather, the airflow may
come out of the A/C outlets (AC mode) to maintain
comfort and prevent stuffiness.
If your vehicle is sitting outon a hot day and you have it
set on AUTO, the air will first flow out thefloor air
outlets for a few seconds. That is normal. This is to
expel hot air in the air outlets. As the air is cooled, the
airflow will move through the A/C outlets.If you start
your vehicle with the fan setting on HI it will skip the
A/C Purge.
To avoid blowing coldair in cold weather, the system will
delay turning on the fan until warmair is available. The
length of delay depends on the outside air temperature,
engine coolant temperatureor the time since the engine
was last started. As the coolant warms up, the blower fan
speed will gradually increase and air will flow from the
heater outlets, with some airflow to the windshield to
prevent fogging under most normal conditions.
If you leave your vehicle, the system will remember the
control setting the next time you start your engine,
except for recirculation and defrost. Each ignition cycle
cancels recirculation, whereas, DEmROST will change
to AUTO when the ignition is shut off and then turned
back on.
You may manually adjust the air delivery mode or fan
speed.
A@
/.I A/C: This setting directs airflow through the
middle instrument panel outlets.
A@
BI-LEVEL: This setting directs air intoyour
vehicle in two ways. Cool air is directed to the upper
portion of your body through the middle instrument
panel outlets while warmed air is directed to thefloor.
w
.
‘fl HEATER/DEFROST: This setting directs air to
the floor outlets and toward the windshield.
0
vH HEATER: This setting directs warmed air
through the floor outlets. Some warm air isdiverted to
the windshield to minimize fogging.
DEFROST Press this button to quickly remove
fog orfrost from the windshield. This setting sends most
of the airflow to the windshield with only a small
amount to the floor outlets.
@ DE-ICE (Option): Pressing this button helps to
remove ice orfrost from the windshield. See “Heated
Windshield” later in this section.
DEFOG: Press this button to divide the air between the
windshield and the heater outlets. This is useful when
fog appears on the windshield or side glass due to
sudden rain or snowy conditions. This feature is not
available with the heated windshield option.
sf FAN SPEEDS: Press the button with the fan
symbol until AUTO is displayed on the screen. At this
setting, the fan speed is automatically controlled. If it is
cold outside, the blower may not run in the maximum
high fan speed right away.The system checks the
temperature of the engine coolant to assure it is warm
enough to provide heat. When the engine coolant is
warm, the controller allows the fan to gradually increase
to a higher speed. This prevents cold air from blowing
into thepassenger compartment. If you want the blower
fan at a high speed, press the up arrow button until you
see HIGH on the display. If you want thefan speed to be
automatic, but you like the fm speed to be higher than
the AUTO setting, press the fan symbol button until
HIGH AUTO is shown on the display. If you want the
blower fan at a low speed, press the down arrow button
until LOW is shown on the display. If you want the fan
speed to run lower than the AUTO setting, press the
button until LOW AUTO is shown on the display.
OFF: Press this button to turn the system off. Fresh
air will continue to flow through the vehicle, and the
system will try to maintain the previously set
temperature. The outside temperature will show on
the display when the system is OFF.
AC: Press this button to turnthe air conditioning on and
off. The system will cool and dehumidify the air inside
the vehicle. In the AUTO mode, the display will show
that AC is active, but the air conditioning compressor
only operates when the system determines it is needed.
RECIRCULATION: Press this button to limit the
amount of fresh air entering your vehicle. This is helpful
when you are trying to cool the air quickly or limit odors
entering your vehicle. In the AUTO mode, the system
will use recirculation as necessary to cool the air.
Pressing the recirculation button will change the
operation to a manual mode and the air will recirculate
non-stop. Press this button again to turn off the
recirculation feature.
If you notice the windows fogging, press the
recirculation button to exit therecirculation mode.
DUAL TEMPERATURECONTROL: With
this feature, the right front passenger can control the
temperature of heatedair for his/her own zone. The
passenger can select a four degree warmer or cooler
temperature from the driver's setting. To turn the system
on, press the PASS/TEMP button. Press the up arrow
to increase the temperature and press the down arrow to
decrease the climate setting. Pressing the OFF button
will turn off the dual-zone Function.
Air Conditioning
Heating
On hot days, open thewindows long enoughto let hot
inside air escape. This reduces the time
it takes foryour
vehicle to cool down. Then keep your windows closed
for the air conditioner
to work its best.
With the ECC system, press theAUTOECON button
to direct airflow out of the floor outlets and to help save
fuel. Adjust the temperature,if necessary, by pressing
the bluebutton to decrease temperatureand pressing the
red button to increase temperature.Also remember to
adjust the fanspeed by pressing the up or down arrow.
With the ECC system, press theAUTOECON button
to assist in coolingair and in maintaining properairflow.
Adjust the temperatureto a comfortablesetting by
pressing the blue button
to cool your vehicle and
pressing thered button to warm your vehicle. Press the
fan button arrows up or
down to adjust the fan speed.
If you have the dual-zone system, pressthe AC button
to turn the system onand then select the proper MODE
to direct airflow. The systemwill cool and dehumidify
the air inside the vehicle. Also while in the AUTO
mode, the systemwill use recirculation as necessary to
cool theair. You may also need to adjust the interior
temperature. Turn the TEMP knob clockwise
to increase
the temperatureand counterclockwise to decrease
temperature. Adjust the fan speed asneeded.
If you have the dual-zone system, pressthe MODE
button to select heater. This will direct airflow out of the
floor outlets. Adjust the interior temperature to your
comfort level by turning the TEMP knob clockwise to
increase temperatureand counterclockwise to decrease
temperature. If the fan speed needs adjusting, press the
up or down arrow.
With each system, outsideair will be brought in and
sent through the floor outlets. The heater works best
if you keep your windows closed while using it.
When the air conditioner is on, you may sometimes
notice slight changes in your vehicle’s engine speed
and power. This is normal because. the system
is
designed to cycle the compressoron and off to keep the
desired temperature.
3-9
1
ventilation Systl
Your Cadillac’s flow-through ventilation system
supplies outside air into the ve.hicle whenit is moving.
Outside air will also enter the vehicle when the heater
or the air conditioning fan is running.
The front outlets are located in the center and at each
side of the instrument panel. You can ad-just the
direction of airflow by moving the center control levers
or you can stop the airflow by moving the lever located
on each side of the outlets downward.
The direction of airflow for the rear seats can also be
adjusted. Move the FAN lever to adjust the blower speed
from LO to HI. Move the VENT lever to direct airflow
toward the upper ortloor outlets.
Ventilation Tips
0
Keep the hood and front air inlet free of ice, snow
or any other obstruction (such as leaves). The heater
and defroster will work far better, reducing the
chance of fogging the inside of the windows.
0
When you enter a vehicle in cold weather, adjust
the fan to thehighest speed for a few moments
before driving off. This helps clear the intake
outlets of snow and moisture, and reduces the
chance of fogging the inside of the windows.
0
Keep the air path under the frontseats clear of
objects. This helps circulate air throughout your
I
vehicle.
Heated Windshield (Option)
The heated windshield will remove ice or frost in
cold weather.
The system will go off after a four-minute heating cycle.
If you shift out of PARK (P), the system will only cycle
for two minutes. If you want it to cycle again, press the
button. It will go on for two-minute cycles after that.
If the windshield has cleared before the cycle is over,
you can turn it off by pressing the button again.
Use the defroster feature to clear fog from the
windshield as previously described.
There is a metal film in the windshield which will block
out some radio or microwave signals. Therefore, the
heated windshield will reduce the useful range of
devices such as garage door openers and radar detectors.
(In certain states, radar detectors are legal.)
Do not use the DE-ICE button if your vehicle has a
cracked windshield. A crack will not allow the system to
function properly. Have the windshield repaired before
using the DE-ICE button again.
1. Remove snow that is piled up on the windshield.
2. Start your Cadillac and leave it in PARK (P).
3. Press the DE-ICE button. A light will come on to
tell you it is working. Try not to use other electrical
equipment while the system is working.
3-11
Defogging and Defrosting
@ Rear Window Defogger
On cool, humid days, use DEFOG to keep the
windshield and side windows clear, Use DEFROST
to remove fog or ice from the windshield quickly in
extremely humid or coldconditions.
The lines you see on the rear window warm the glass.
Press the button to turn on the rear defogger. With
it,
the rear window and both outside rearview mirrors are
heated. The system will automatically shutoff after
1 0 minutes. If further defogging is desired, press the
button again.
If you have the ECC system, press the DEFOG or
DE-ICE button and adjust thefm speed by pressing
the fan button up or down. If you use DEFROST,
adjust the fan speed the same way. If you select
DEFROST from AUTO, the system will control the
fan speed. The temperature will also need tobe
adjusted to your comfort level. Press the blue button
to decrease the temperature and the red button to
increase the temperature.
If you have the dual-zone system, press the DEFROST
or DE-ICE button. If you select DEFROST, adjust the
fan speed by pressing the fan button upor down. If you
select DEFROST from AUTO, the system will control
the fan speed. The temperature also needs to be adjusted
by turning the TEMP knob.
Note that recirculation is not available in the defrost or
defog modes.
3-12
Do not attach a temporary vehicle license, tape or decals
across the defogger grid onthe rear window.
I
I NOTICE:
r
~~
Scraping the insideof your rear window could
cut and damage the heating grids.Your warranty
would not cover this damage. And don’t put
decals there; you might have to scrape them off.
I
Steering Wheel Controlsfor
Climate Control
Some heating and cooling
controls can be adjusted at
the steering wheel. Other
touch controls operate
some audio controls. See
“Steering Wheel Controls
for Audio System” later in
this section.
# FAN SPEED: Press the up arrow lever to increase
Audio Systems
Your Cadillac audio system has been designed to operate
easily and give years of listening pleasure. You will get
the most enjoyment out of it if you acquaint yourself
with it first. Find out what your Cadillac system can do
and how to operate all its controls, to be sure you’re
getting the most out of the advanced engineering that
went into it.
Setting theClock
Press and hold HR or MN until the time display begins
to change. Release the button as you get close to the
correct time. The time may be set anytime the clock is
displayed. There is a two-second delay before the clock
goes into time-set mode.
the fan speed and the down arrow lever to decrease
fan speed.
TEMP: Press theup arrow lever to increase
the temperature
and the down arrow leverto decrease temperature.
3-13
I
AM-FM Stereo with Cassette Tape Player
VOL: Turn the knob clockwise to increase the volume.
Turn it counterclockwise to decrease the volume. The
volume level will appearon the display.
DSPL: Press this button to display the station being
played or the time of day.
Finding a Station
AM: Press this button to select AM and preset stations.
FMl-FM2: Press this buttonto select FMl or FM2 and
preset stations.
Also available is an AM-FM Stereo with Cassette Tape
Player which includes four Bose amplified speakers. See
your dealer for details.
TUNE-SEEK: Press this button to activate the radio to
choose higher or lower radio stations. Press and hold
this button until you heara chime. Release the button to
begin seeking to the next higheror lower radio station
and then stop. If you press and hold TUNE-SEEK for
longer than two seconds after thechime sounds, the
radio will be in tunefast mode. Release the button when
you want to stay at a radio station.
Playing the Radio
PWR: Press this button lightly to releaseit from its
recessed position. The system will turn on. Press the
button again to turn the system off.
SCAN: Press this button andSCAN will appear on the
display. Use SCAN to listen to stations for a few
seconds. The radio will go to a station, stop for a few
seconds, then go on to the next station. Press this button
again to stop scanning.
3-14
PUSHBUTTONS: The six numbered pushbuttons let
you return to your favorite stations. You can set up to
18 stations (six AM, six FM 1 and six FM2).
1. Press AM, FMl or FM2 to select the band,
2. Find the station you want by pressing TUNE-SEEK.
3. Press and hold one of the six numbered buttons until
you hear a chime. A preset number will appear on
the display.
4. The sound will mute. When it returns, release the
button. Whenever you press that numbered button,
the station you set will return.
PSCAN: Press and hold SCAN fortwo to three
seconds until PSCAN (preset scan) appears on the
display to listen to each of your preset stations for
a few seconds (factory presets which have not been
reprogrammed with your stations will be ignored). The
radio will go to the first preset station stored on your
pushbuttons, stop for a few seconds, then go on tothe
next preset station. Press SCAN again to stop scanning.
If a preset station has weak reception, the radio will not
stop at the preset station.
b
g tr- -
m-
BASS: Press this button lightly so it extends. Turn the
BASS knob clockwise to increase and counterclockwise
to decrease bass. The middle position is a detent.
TREB: Press this button lightly so it extends. Turn the
TREB knob clockwise to increase and counterclockwise
to decrease treble. The middle position is a detent.
Push the knobs back in when youare not using them.
BAL: Press this button lightlyso it extends. Turn the
BAL knob to movethe sound to the leftor right speakers.
The middle position is a detent and balances the speakers.
Turn the knob clockwise to adjust sound to the right
speakers and counterclockwise for left speakers.
FADE: Press this button lightly so it extends. Turn
the FADE knob to move the sound to the front or rear
speakers. The middle position is a detent and balances
the speakers. Turn the knob clockwise to adjust the
sound to the front speakers and counterclockwise for
rear speakers.
Push the knobs back in when you’re not using them.
Playing a Cassette Tape
With the radio on, insert a cassette tape. The tape w.ill
begin playing as soon as it is inserted.
While the tape isplaying, use the VOL, FADE, BAL,
TREB and BASS controls just as you do for the radio.
Other controls may have different functions when a tape
is inserted, The display will show TAPE with an arrow
to indicate which side of the tape is playing.PLAY will
appear on the display when a tape is playing.
If an error occurs while trying to play a cassette tape, it
could be that:
0
The cassette tape is tight and the cassette player
cannot turn the hubs of the tape. (Hold the cassette
tape with the open end down and try turning the right
hub counterclockwise with a pencil. Flip the tape
over and repeat. If the hubs do not turn easily, your
cassette tape may bedamaged and should not be
used in the player. Trya new tape to be sure your
player is working properly.
3-16
The cassette tape is broken. (Check to see if your
tape is broken. Trya new tape.)
Note that cassette tape adapter kitsfor portable compact
disc players will not work in your cassette player.
These
adapters will cause an error message to show on the
display, and the adaptercassette will be ejected.
TAPE: Press this button to switch from radio to cassette
tape play. Press AM, FM1 or FM2 to switch to the radio.
SEEK: Press the forward arrow to search for the next
selection on the tape, Press the backward arrow to
search for the previous selection on the tape(REP will
appear on the display). Your tape must have at least
three seconds ofsilence between each selection for
SEEK to work. The sound will be muted whileseeking.
REV Press this left arrow buttonto reverse the tape
rapidly. Press it again to return to playingspeed. The
radio will play while the tape reverses andREV will
appear on the display. You may use your station
pushbuttons to tune to another radio station while in
REV mode.
tapes may be loaded with the radiooff but they will not
start playing until the PWR button is turned on. Press
PWR or turn the ignition key OFF to stop thecassette
tape player. The tapewill stay in the player and resume
play at the pointwhere it stopped.
FF: Press this right arrow button to advance quickly to
another part of the tape. Press the button again
to return
to playing speed. The radio will play while the tape
advances and FWD will appear on the display. You may
use your station pushbuttons to tune to another radio
station while in FWD mode.
CLN: This messagemay appear on the display. If it
SIDE: Press this button to change the sideof the tape
that is playing.
does, your cassette tape player needs to be cleaned. It
will still play tapes, but you should clean it as soon as
possible to prevent damage to your tapes and player.
See “Careof Your Cassette Tape Player” in the Index.
After you clean theplayer, press and hold EJECT for
five secondsto reset the CLNindicator. The radiowill
display --- to show the indicator was reset.
SCAN: Press this button. SCAN will appear on the
display until the next selection is found and then PLAY
will appear on thedisplay. Use SCAN to listen to
selections for afew seconds. The tape will go to a
selection, stop for a few seconds,
then go on to the next
selection. Press this button againto stop scanning.
A (EJECT): Press the upward triangle button to
remove a tape. The radiowill play. Eject may be
activated with the radiooff if the ignition is on. Cassette
:
Dolby@Noise Reduction is manufactured under a
license from Dolby Laboratories LicensingCorporation
Dolby and the double-D symbol aretrademarks of
Dolby Laboratories Licensing Corporation.
Bose AM-FM Stereo with C ~ S W Lrape
L~:
and Compact Disc Player with Digital
Signal Processing (Option)
ndinp
AM: Press this button to select AM and preset stations.
FM 1-2: Press this button to select FM1 or FM2 and
preset stations.
TUNE-SEEK: Press this button to activate the radio to
choose higher or lower radio stations. Press and hold
this button until you hear a chime. Release the button to
begin seeking to the next higheror lower radio station
and then stop. If you press and hold TUNE-SEEK for
longer than two seconds after the chime sounds, the
radio will be in tune fast mode. Release the button when
you want to stay at a radio station.
SCAN: Press this button andSCAN will appear on the
display. Use SCAN to listento stations for a few
seconds. The radio willgo to a station, stop for a few
seconds, then go on to the next station. Press this button
again to stop scanning.
Playing the Radio
PWR: Press this button lightly to release it from its
recessed position. The system will turn on. Press the
button again to turn the system off.
VOL: Turn the knob clockwise to increase the volume.
Turn it counterclockwise to decrease thc volume. The
volume level will appear on the display.
3-18
PUSHBUTTONS: The six numbered pushbuttons let
you return to your favorite stations. You can set up to
18 stations (six AM, six FMl and six FM2).
1. Press AM or FM 1-2 to select the band.
2. Find the station you want by pressing TUNE-SEEK.
3. Press and hold one of the six numbered buttons until
you hear a chime. A preset number will appear on
the display.
4. The sound will mute. When it returns, release the
button. Whenever you press that numbered button,
the station you set will return.
PSCAN: Press and hold SCAN for two tothree
seconds until PSCAN (preset scan) appears on the
display to listen to each of your preset stations for
a few seconds (factory presets which have not been
reprogrammed with your stations will be ignored).
The radiowill go to the first preset station stored on
your pushbuttons, stop fora few seconds, then go on
to the next preset station. Press SCAN again to stop
scanning. If a preset station has weak reception, the
radio will not stop at the preset station.
DSP: The Digital Signal Processing (DSP) feature is
used to produce four audio effects. These include
TALK, DRIVER SEAT, LIVE and AUDITORIUM.
DSP canbe used while listening to the radio, the
cassette tape player or the CDplayer. To activate DSP,
press the DSPbutton. Press this button again to go
through the four effects. To turn the DSP feature off,
Dress OFF.
I
0
TALK: This setting is used when listening to
non-musical material such as baseball games, talk
shows or news. TALK gives the best clarity of
spoken words. The high and low frequencies are
lowered, the mid-range is increased and the audio is
moved to the front speakers.
0
DRIVER SEAT: This setting adjusts the audio to
give the driver the best possible sound qualities.This
has been done by tailoring the sound arrival times and
equalization for the driver seat. DRIVER SEAT can
be used at any time for any material. Other passengers
in the vehicle may not perceive thesame effect.
LIVE: This setting is used to imitate the sound of a
live performance.
Setting the Tone
BASS: Press this button lightly so it extends. Turn the
BASS knob clockwise to increase and counterclockwise
to decrease bass. The middle position is a detent.
TREB: Press this button lightly so it extends. Turn the
TREB knob clockwise to increase and counterclockwise
to decrease treble. The middle position is a detent.
Push the knobs back in when you are not using them.
0
0
AUDITORIUM: This setting is similar to LIVE
however, more echo ispresent. The LIVE and
AUDITORIUM settings are best used for music.
3-19
I
LEVEL: Press the plus or minus symbol on this button
to adjust the amount of effect desired when inDSP
mode. Some experimenting with this button will help
you determine the best sound.
Adjusting the Speakers
BAL: Press this button lightlyso it extends. Turn the
BAL knob to move the sound to the left or right
speakers. The middle position is a detent and balances
the speakers. Turn theknob clockwise to adjust sound to
the right speakers and counterclockwisefor left
speakers.
While the tape is playing, use the VOL, FADE, BAL,
TREB and BASS controls just as you do for the radio.
Other controls may have differentfunctions when a tape
is inserted. The display will show TAPE withan arrow
to indicate which sideof the tape is playing.PLAY will
appear on the display when a tape is playing.
If an error occurs while trying to play a cassette tape, it
could be that:
The cassette tape is tight and the cassette player
cannot turn the hubs of the tape. (Hold the
cassette
tape with the open end down and try turning the right
hub counterclockwise with a pencil. Flip the tape
over and repeat. If the hubsdo not turn easily,your
cassette tape may be damaged and should notbe
used in the player. Try a new tape to be sure your
player is working properly.
FADE: Press this button lightly so it extends. Turn the
FADE knob to move the sound to the front or rear
speakers. The middle position is a detent and balances
the speakers. Turn theknob clockwise to adjust the
sound to the front speakers and counterclockwise for
rear speakers.
Push the knobs back in whenyou’re not using them.
Playing a Cassette Tape
With the radio on, insert a cassette tape. The tape will
begin playing as soonas it is inserted.
3-20
0
The cassette tape is broken. (Check to see if your
tape is broken. Try a new tape.)
Note that cassette tape adapter kits for portable compact
disc players will not workin your cassette player. These
adapters will cause an error message to show on the
display, and the adapter cassettewill be ejected.
!
TAPE: Press this button to switch from radio or CD
to cassette tape play. Press AM or FM 1-2 to switch to
the radio.
SEEK: Press the forward arrowto search for thenext
selection on the tape. Press thebackward arrow to
search for the previous
selection on the tape (REPwill
appear on the display). Your tape must have at least
three secondsof silence between each selection for
SEEK to work. The sound will be muted while seeking.
REV: Press this left arrow button to reverse the tape
rapidly. Press it againto return to playiag speed. The
radio will play while the tape reversesand REV will
appear on the display. You may use your station
pushbuttons to tune to another radiostation while in
REV mode.
FF: Press this right arrow buttonto advance quickly to
another part of the tape. Press thebutton again to return
to playing speed. The radiowill play while the tape
advances and FWD will appear on the display. You may
use your station pushbuttons to tune to another radio
station while in F W D mode.
SIDE: Press this button to change theside of the tape
that is playing.
SCAN: Press this button. SCAN will appear on the
display until the next selection is found and then PLAY
will appear on the display. Use SCAN to listen to
selections for a few seconds. Thetape will go to a
selection, stop for afew seconds, then goon to the next
station. Press this button again to stop scanning.
A (EJECT): Press the upward triangle button to
remove a tape. The radiowill play. Eject may be
activated with the radiooff if the ignition is on. Cassette
tapes may be loaded with the radiooff but they will not
start playing until the PWR button is turned on. Press
PWR or turn the ignition key OFF to stop the cassette
tape player. The tapewill stay in the player and resume
play at the point where it stopped.
CLN: This message may appe-af ijn the display. If it
does, your cassette tape playerneeds to be cleaned. It
will still play tapes, but you should clean it as soon as
possible to prevent damageto your tapes and player.
See “Careof Your Cassette Tape Player” in the Index.
After you clean theplayer, press and hold EJECT for
five secondsto reset the CLN indicator. The radiowill
display --- to show the indicator was reset.
is manufactured under a
Dolby@ Noise Reduction
license from Dolby Laboratories Licensing Corporation.
Dolby and the double-D symbol are trademarks of
Dolby Laboratories Licensing Corporation.
3-21
Trunk MountLu ,3 Changer \vyr.ulll
With the optional compact disc changer, you can play
up to 12 discs continuously. Normal size discs lnay be
played using the trays supplied i n the magazine. The
small discs (8 cm) can be played only with specially
designed trays.
NOTICE:
Objects in thetrunk which may shift or slide
during driving could damage yourCD changer.
Protect your CD changer by using the
convenience net whenever possible. Place large
objects in the trunk appropriately so that they
will not come into contact with theCD changer.
3-22
b
You must first load the magazine withdiscs before you
can play a compact disc. Each of the 12 trays holds one
disc. Press the button on the back of the magazine and
pull gcntly on one of the trays. Load thetrays from
bottom to top, placing a disc on the tray label side down.
If' you load a disc label side up,the disc will not play
and an crror will occur. Gently pushthe tray back into
the magazine slot. Repeat this procedure for loading up
to 12 discs i n the magazine.
Once you have loaded the discs in the magazine, slide
open the door of the compact disc (CD) changer. Push
the magazine into the changer in the direction of the
arrow marked on top of the magazine.
Close the door by sliding it all the way to the left. If the
door is left partially open, the changer will not operate
and an error will occur. When the door is closed, the
changer will begin checking for discs in the magazine.
This will continue for up to one and a half .minutes
depending on the number of discs loaded.
-3-23
To eject the magazine from the player, slide theCD
changer door all the wayopen. The magazine will
automatically eject. Remember to keep the door closed
whenever possible to keep dirt and dust fromgetting
inside the changer.
Whenever a CD magazine with discs is loaded in the
changer, the CDsymbol will appear on the radio display.
If the CD changer is checking the magazine for CDs, the
CD symbol will flash on the display until the changer is
ready to play. When a CD begins playing, a disc and
track number will bedisplayed, The disc numbers are
listed on the front of the magazine.
All of the CD functions are controlled by the radio
buttons, except for ejecting the CD magazine.
CD: Press this button, if you have a disc loaded in the
changer and the radio is playing, to play a compact disc.
Press AM or FM 1-2 to return to the radio when a
compact disc is playing. Press TAPE to switch between
the tape and compact discif both are loaded. PressCD
to switch between the CD pushbuttons 1 through 6 and 7
through 12. These pushbuttons represent the order of the
discs loaded in the changer.
DSPL: Press this button to display thetime of day. Press
this button again withinfive seconds to see theelement
time. Press DSPL again withinfive seconds to see how
many compact discs are loaded in the changer and
where they are loaded. Press DSPL againto review the
active preset buttons ( 1 through 6 or 7 through 12).
PUSHBUTTONS: Press buttons one through six to go
from one compact disc toanother that is loaded in the
changer.
SIDE: Press this button to select the next disc inthe
changer. Each time you press this button, DISC
LOADING will appear on the display and thedisc
number on the radio display will moveto the next
available CD.
REV Press this button to reverse quickly througha
track selection.
FF: Press this button to advance quickly through a
track selection.
RDM: Press this button to enter random play mode.
RDM will appear on the display. The loadeddiscs will
be played in random rather than sequential (1, 2, 3. . .)
order. Press SEEK while RDM is on the display to
randomly seek through discs and tracks. PressRDM
again to return to sequential order.
SEEK: Press theleft arrow while playing a compact
disc to go back to the start of a currenttrack, if more
than eight seconds have played. Press left
the arrow
again and the changerwill go to previoustracks. Press
the right arrow to go to the next higher track on thedisc.
SCAN: When you press SCAN while playing CD,
a you
will hear the first few seconds
of each disc. Press SCAN
again to stop on a CD. The CD will be muted while
scanning and SCAN will appear onthe display.
EJECT: Slide the CD changer door
all the way open
and the disc will automatically eject.
Compact Disc Changer Errors
If ERROR appears on the display, an error has occurred
The air is very humid. If so, wait about an hour and
try again.
CD CHANGER DOOR OPEN is displayed when the
CD changer dooris left open. Completely closethe
changer doorto restore normal operation.
CD CHANGER NO DISCS is displayed
when an empty
magazine isinserted in the CD changer. Try the
magazine again with a disc loaded on one of the trays.
If any error occurs repeatedly or if an error cannot be
corrected, please contactyour dealer. If your radio
displays an error number, write itdown and provide it to
your dealer when reporting the problem.
and the compact disc temporarily cannotplay.
CD CHANGER ERROR could be displayed for the
following:
The road is too rough. The disc should play when
the road is smoother.
The disc is dirty, scratched, wet or loaded label
side up.
3-25
Bosc mlvl-r lvl jtereo wiLA1
Ladsette Tape
and Compact Disc Player (O~-'ion)
Finding .. *."
AM: Press this button to selectAM and preset stations.
FM 1-2: Press this button to selectFM1 or FM2 and
preset stations.
TUNE-SEEK: Press this button to activate the radio to
choose higher or lower radiostations. Press and hold
this button until you hear a chime. Release the buttonto
begin seeking to the next higheror lower radio station
and then stop. If you press and hold TUNE-SEEK for
longer than two seconds after thechime sounds, the
radio will be in tune fast mode. Release the button when
you want to stay ata radio station.
P l a ~ g the Radio
PWR: Press this button lightly to release it from its
recessed position. The system will turn on. Press the
button again to turn the system off.
VOL: Turn the knob clockwise to increase thevolume.
Turn it counterclockwise to decrease the volume. The
volume level will appear on the display.
3-26 -
SCAN: Press this button and SCAN will appear on the
display. Use SCAN to listen to stations for a few
seconds. The radio will go to a station, stop for a few
seconds, then go on to the next station. Press this button
again to stop scanning.
PUSHBUTTONS: The six numbered pushbuttons let
you return'to your favorite stations. YOU can set up to
18 stations (six AM, six FM1 and six FM2).
1. Press AM or FM 1-2 to select the band.
2. Find the station you want by pressing TUNE-SEEK.
3. Press and hold one of the six numbered buttons until
you hear a chime. A preset number will appear on
the display.
4. The sound will mute. When it returns, release the
button. Whenever you press that numbered button,
the station you set will return.
PSCAN: Press and hold SCAN fortwo to three
seconds until PSCAN (preset scan) appears on the
display to listen to each of your preset stations for
a few seconds (factory presets which have notbeen
reprogrammed with your stations will be ignored).
The radio will go to the first preset station stored on
your pushbuttons, stop for a few seconds, then go
on to the next preset station. Press SCAN again to stop
scanning. If a preset station has weak reception, the
radio will not stop at thepreset station.
r
BASS: Press this button lightly so it extends. Turn the
BASS knob clockwise to increase and counterclockwise
to decrease bass. The middleposition is a detent.
TREB: Press this button lightly so it extends. Turn the
TREB knob clockwise to increaseand counterclockwise
to decrease treble. The middle position is a detent.
Push the knobs back in when you are not using them.
Adjusting the Speakers
BAL: Press this button lightlyso it extends. Turn the
BAL knob to move the sound to the left or right speakers.
The middle position is a detent and balances the speakers.
Turn the knob clockwise to adjust soundto the right
speakers and counterclockwisefor left speakers. Push the
button back it when you are not using it.
FADE: Press this button lightly so it extends. Turn the
FADE knob to move the sound to the front or rear
speakers. The middle position is a detent and balances
the speakers. Turn the knob clockwise to adjust the
sound to the front speakers and counterclockwise for
rear speakers. Push the button back it when you are not
using it.
3ying a Cassette Tape
With the radio on, insert a cassette tape. The tape will
begin playing as soon as it is inserted.
While the tape is playing, use the VOL, FADE, BAL,
TREB and BASS controls just as you do for theradio.
Other controls may have different functions when a tape
is inserted. The display will show TAPE with an arrow
to indicate which side of the tape is playing. PLAY will
appear on the display when a tape is playing.
3-27
1
If an error occurs while trying to play a cassette tape, it
could be that.:
The cassette tape is tight and the cassette player
cannot turn the hubs of the tape. (Hold thecassette
tape with the openend down and try turning the right
hub counterclockwise with a pencil. Flip the tape
over and repeat. If the hubsdo not turn easily, your
cassette tape may be damaged and should not be
used in the player. Try a new tape to be sure your
player is working properly.
The cassette tape is broken. (Check to see if your
tape is broken. Try a new tape.)
Note that cassette tape adapter kitsfor portable compact
disc players will not work in yourcassette player. These
adapters will cause an error message to show on the
display, and the adaptercassette will be ejected.
TAPE: Press this button toswitch from radio or CD to
cassette tape play. Press AM or FM 1-2 to switch to the
radio.
SEEK: Press the forward arrowto search for the next
selection on the tape. Press the backward arrow to
search for the previous selection on the tape(REP will
appear on the display). Your tape must have atleast
three seconds of silence between each selectionfor
SEEK to work. The sound will be muted whileseeking.
REV Press this left arrow button to reverse the tape
rapidly. Press it again to return to playing speed. The radio
will play while the tape reverses and REV will appear on
the display. You may use your station pushbuttons to tune
to another mdio station while in REV mode.
FF: Press this right arrow buttonto advance quickly to
another part of the tape. Press the button againto return
to playing speed. The radio will play while the tape
advances and FWD will appear on the display. You may
use your station pushbuttons to tune to anotherradio
station while in FWD mode.
SIDE: Press this button tochange the side of the tape
that is playing.
SCAN: Press this button. SCAN will appear on the
display until the next selection isfound and then PLAY
will appear on the display. Use SCAN to listen to
selections for a few seconds. The tape will go to a
selection, stop for a few seconds, then go on to the next
station. Press this button againto stop scanning.
A (EJECT): Press the upward triangle button
Trunk Mounted CD Changer
to remove a tape. The radiowill play. Eject may be
activated with the radiooff if the ignition is on. Cassette
tapes may be loaded with the radiooff but they will not
start playinguntil the PWR button is turned on. Press
PWR or turn the ignition key OFF to stop thecassette
tape player. The tapewill stay in the player and resume
play at the pointwhere it stopped.
With the compactdisc changer, you can play up to
12 discs continuously. Normal size discs may be played
using the trays supplied in the magazine. The smalldiscs
(8 cm) canbe played only with specially designed trays.
CLN: This messagemay appear on thedisplay. If it
does, your cassette tapeplayer needs to be cleaned.It
will still play tapes, but you should clean itas soon as
possible to prevent damageto your tapes and player.
See “Careof Your Cassette Tape Player” in the Index.
After you clean theplayer, press and hold EJECT for
five secondsto reset the CLNindicator. The radiowill
display --- to show the indicatorwas reset.
NOTICE:
Objects in the trunk which may shift or slide
during driving could damage your CD changer.
Protect your CD changerby using the convenience
net whenever possible. Place large objects in the
trunk appropriatelyso that they will not come
into contact with theCD changer.
Dolby@ Noise Reduction
is manufactured under a
license from Dolby Laboratories Licensing Corporation.
Dolby and the double-D symbolare trademarks of
Dolby Laboratories Licensing Corporation.
3-29
1‘
You must first load the magazine with discs before you
can play a compact disc. Each of the 12 trays holds one
disc. Press the button on the back of the magazine and
pull gently on one of the trays. Load the trays from
bottom to top, placing a disc on the tray label side down.
If you load a disc label side up, the disc will not play
and an error will occur. Gently push the tray backinto
the magazine slot. Repeat this procedure for loading up
to 12 discs in the magazine.
3-30
Once you have loaded the discs in the magazine, slide
open the door of the compact disc (CD) changer. Push
the magazine into the changer in the direction of the
arrow marked on top of the magazine.
All of the CD functions are controlled by the radio
buttons except forejecting the magazine. Whenever a
CD magazine with discs is loaded in the changer, the
CD symbol will appear on the radio display. If the CD
changer is checking the magazine for CDs, the CD
symbol will flash on the display until the changer is
ready to play. When a CD begins playing, a disc and
track number will be displayed. The disc numbers are
listed on the front of the magazine.
All of the CD functions are controlled by the radio
buttons, except for ejecting the CD magazine.
CD: Press this button, if you have a disc loaded in the
Close the door by sliding it all the way to the left. If the
door is left partially open, the changer will not operate
and an error will occur. When the door is closed, the
changer will begin checking for discsin the magazine.
This will continue for up to one
and a half minutes
depending on the number of discs loaded.
To eject the magazine from the player, slide the CD
changer door all the way open. The magazine will
automatically eject. Remember to keepthe door closed
whenever possible to keep dirt
and dust from getting
inside thechanger.
changer and the radio is playing, to play a compact disc.
Press AM or FM 1-2 to return to the radio when a
compact disc is playing. PressTAPE to switch between
the tape and compact disc if both are loaded. Press CD
to switch between the CD pushbuttons 1 through 6 and
7 through 12. These pushbuttons represent the order of
the discs loaded in the changer.
DSPL: Press this button to display the time of day. Press
this button again within five seconds to see the element
time. Press DSPL again within five seconds to seehow
many compact discs areloaded in the changer and
where they are loaded. Press DSPLagain to review the
active preset buttons (1 through 6 or 7 through 12).
PUSHBUTTONS: Press buttons one through six to
go from one compact disc to another that is loadedin
the changer.
SIDE: Press this button to select the next discin the
SCAN: When you press SCAN while playing a CD, you
will hear the first few seconds ofeach disc. Press SCAN
again to stop on a CD. The CDwill be muted while
scanning and SCAN will appear on the display.
changer. Each time you press this button, DISC
LOADING will appear on the display and the disc
number on the radio display willmove to the next
available CD.
EJECT: Slide the CD changer door all the way open
and the disc will automatically eject.
REV: Press this button to reverse quickly througha
track selection.
If ERROR appears on the display, an error has occurred
and the compact disc temporarilycannot play.
FF: Press this button to advance quickly through a
CD CHANGER ERROR could be displayedfor the
following:
track selection.
RDM: Press this button toenter random play mode.
RDM will appear on the display. The loaded discs will
be played in random rather than sequential (1,2, 3. . .)
order. Press SEEK while RDM is on the displayto
randomly seek through discs and tracks. Press RDM
again to return to sequential order.
SEEK: Press the left arrow while playinga compact
disc to go back to the start of a current track, if more
than eight seconds have played. Press the left arrow
again and thechanger will go to previous tracks. Press
the right arrow to go to the next higher track on the
disc.
3-32
Compact Disc Changer Errors
0
The road is too rough. The disc should play when the
road is smoother.
The disc is dirty, scratched, wet or loaded label side
UP.
The air is very humid. If so, wait about an hour and
try again.
CD CHANGER DOOR OPEN is displayed when the
CD changer door is left open. Completely close the
changer door to restore normal operation.
Steering Wheel Controls for Audio System
CD CHANGER NO DISCS is displayed when an empty
magazine is inserted in the CD changer. Try the
magazine again with a disc loaded on oneof the trays.
If any error occurs repeatedly or if an error cannot be
corrected, please contact your dealer. If your radio
displays an error number, write it down and provide it to
your dealer when reporting the problem.
Theft-Deterrent Feature
Your Cadillac has a “built-in” theft-deterrent feature on
each radio that is automatic -- there is no programming
required. The radio in your Cadillac cannot be used in
any other vehicle besides another Cadillac if it were to
be removed.
SELECT: When listening to the radio, press the
up or down arrow lever to tune to the next or previous
radio station (factory presets which have not been
reprogrammed with your stations will be ignored).
When listening to a cassette tape, the up or down
arrow lever can be used to SEEK forward and rearward
through the tape. Pressing the up or down arrow lever
when listening to a CD will cause the player to go to
the next or previous selection.
3-33
Understanding Radio Reception
FM Stereo
FM stereo will give you the best sound. But FM signals
will reach only about 10 to 40 miles (16 to 65 km). Tall
buildings or hills can interfere with FM signals, causing
the sound to come and go.
AM
The range for most AM stations is greater than for FM,
especially at night. The longer range, however, can
cause stations to interfere with each other.AM can pick
up noise from things like storms and power lines. Try
reducing the treble to reduce this noise if you ever get it.
Tips About Your Audio System
Hearing damage from loud noise is almost undetectable
until it is too late. Your hearing can adapt to higher
volumes of sound. Sound that seems normal can be
loud and harmful to your hearing. Take precautions
by
adjusting the volume control on your radio toa safe
sound level before your hearingadapts to it.
To help avoid hearing lossor damage:
0
Adjust the volume control to the lowest setting.
Increase volume slowly until you hear comfortably
and clearly.
~~
NOTICE:
Before you add any sound equipmentto your
vehicle like a tape player, CB radio, mobile
telephone or two-way radio be sure you can
add what you want. If you can, it’s very important
to doit properly. Added sound equipment may
interfere with the operationof your vehicle’s
engine, Cadillac radio or other systems, and even
damage them. Your vehicle’s systems may
interfere with the operationof sound equipment
that has been added improperly.
So, before adding sound equipment, check with
your dealer andbe sure tocheck Federal rules
covering mobile radio and telephone
units.
--
--
Care of Your Cassette Tape Player
A tape playerthat is not cleaned regularly can cause
reduced sound quality, ruined cassettes or adamaged
mechanism. Cassette tapesshould be storedin their
cases away from contaminants, direct sunlight and
extreme heat. If they aren’t, they may not operate
properly ormay cause failure of the tapeplayer.
Your tape player should be cleaned regularly after
every 50 hours of use. Your radio may display CLN or
CLEAN TAPE to indicate that you have used your tape
player for 50 hours without resetting the tape clean timer.
Each time thecassette is cleaned, the 50 hour cassette
timer should be reset.This is done by holding down the
eject button for five seconds or until the TAPE CLEAN
message is displayed. If you notice a reduction in sound
quality, try a known good cassette to see if the tape or
the tape player is at fault.If this other cassette has no
improvement in sound quality, clean the tape player.
Cleaning may be donewith a scrubbingaction,
non-abrasive cleaningcassette with pads which scrub
the tape headas the hubs of the cleanercassette turn. It
is normal for thecassette to eject while cleaning. Insert
the cassette at least six times to ensure thorough
cleaning. A scrubbing action cleaning
cassette is
available through your Cadillac dealer.
You may also choose a non-scrubbingaction, wet-type
cleaner which uses a cassette with a fabric belt to clean
the tape head. This type of cleaning cassette will not
eject. It may notclean as thoroughly as the scrubbing
type cleaner.
Cassettes are subject to wear and the sound quality may
degrade over time. Always make sure that the cassette
tape is in good condition before you have your tape
player serviced.
3-35
T
Handle discs carefully. Store them in their original cases
or other protective cases and away from direct sunlight
and dust. If the surface of a disc is soiled, dampen a
clean, soft cloth in a mild, neutral detergent solution and
clean it, wiping from the center to the edge.
Be sure never to touch the signal surface when handling
discs. Pick up discs bygrasping the outer edges or the
edge of the hole and theouter edge.
bwer Antenna M9st Car,
Your power antenna will lookits best and work
well if it’s cleaned from time to time. To clean the
antenna mast:
1. Turn on the ignition and radio to raisethe antenna.
2. Dampen a clean cloth with mineral spiritsor
equivalent solvent.
3. Wipe the cloth over the mast sections, removing
any dirt.
4. Wipe dry witha clean cloth.
5. Make the antenna go up and down by turning the
radio or ignition off and on.
6. Repeat if necessary.
I NOTICE:
Don’t lubricate the power antenna. Lubrication
could damage it.
I
NOTICE:
Before entering an automatic car
wash, turn off
your radio to make the power antenna
go down.
This will prevent the mast frompossibly getting
damaged. If the antenna does not go down when
you turn the radiooff, it may be damagedor
need to be cleaned. In eithercase, lower the
antenna by hand by carefully pressing the
antenna down.
If the tnast portionof your antenna isdamaged, you can
easily replace it. See your dealer for a replacement kit
and follow the instructions in the kit.
Section 4 Your Driving and the Road
Defensive Driving
The best advice anyone can giveabout driving is: Drive
defensively.
Please start with a very important safety device in your
Cadillac: Buckle up. (See “Safety Belts” in the Index.)
Defensive driving really means “be ready for anything.”
On city streets, rural roads or freeways, it means
“always expect the unexpected.”
Assume that pedestrians or other drivers are going to be
careless and make mistakes. Anticipate what they might
do. Beready for their mistakes.
Here you’ll find information about driving on different
kinds of roads and in varying weather conditions. We’ve
also included many other useful tips on driving.
Rear-end collisions are about the most preventable of
accidents. Yet they are common. Allow enough
following distance. It’s the best defensive driving
maneuver, in both city and rural driving. You never
know when the vehicle in front of you is going to brake
or turn suddenly.
4-1
I
Drunken Driving,
Death and injury associated with drinking and driving is
a nationaltragedy. It’sthe number one contributor to the
highway death toll, claiming thousands of victims every
year.
The obvious way to solve this highway safety problem
is for people never to drink alcohol and then drive. But
what if people do? How much is “too much” if the
driver plans to drive? It’s a lotless than manymight
think. Although it depends on eachperson and situation,
here is some general information on the problem.
Alcohol affects four thingsthat anyone needs to drive a
vehicle:
The Blood Alcohol Concentration (BAC) of someone
who is drinking depends upon four things:
Judgment
The amount of alcohol consumed
Muscular Coordination
The drinker’s body weight
Vision
The amount of food that is consumed before and
during drinking
Attentiveness
Police records show that almost half of all motor
vehicle-related deaths involvealcohol. In most cases,
these deathsare the result of someone who was drinking
and driving. In recent years, some 18,000 annual motor
vehicle-related deaths have been associated with the use
of alcohol, with more than 300,000 people injured.
Many adults -- by some estimates, nearly half the adult
population -- choose never to drink alcohol, so they
never ‘driveafter drinking. For personsunder 21, it’s
against the law in every U.S. state to drink alcohol.
There are good medical, psychological and
developmental reasons for theselaws.
4-2
The lengthof time it has taken thedrinker to
consume the alcohol
According to theAmerican’Medical Association, a
180-lb. (82 kg) person who drinks three 12-ounce
(355 ml) bottles of beer in an hour will end up with a
BAC of about 0.06 percent. The personwould reach the
same BAC by drinking three 4-ounce (120 ml) glasses
of wine or three mixed drinks if each had 1-1/2 ounces
(45 ml) of a liquor like whiskey, gin or vodka,
Since alcohol is carried in body water, this means that a
woman generally will reach a higher BAC level than a
man of her same body weight when each has the same
number of drinks.
The law in many U.S. states sets the legal limit at a BAC
of 0.10 percent. In a growing number of US.states, and
throughout Canada, the limit is 0.08 percent. In some
other countries it’s even lower. The BAC limit for all
commercial drivers in the United States is 0.04 percent.
The BACwill be over 0.10 percent after three to six
drinks (in one hour). Of course, as we’ve seen, it
depends on how much alcohol is in the drinks, and how
quickly the person drinks them.
It’s the amount of alcohol that counts. For example, if
the same person drank three double martinis (3 ounces
or 90 ml of liquor each) within an hour, the person’s
BAC would be close to 0.12 percent. A person who
consumes food justbefore or during drinking will have a
somewhat lower BAClevel.
There is a gender difference, too. Women generally have
a lower relative percentage of body water than men.
But the ability to drive is affected well below a BAC of
0.10 percent. Research shows that the driving skills of
many people are impaired at a BAC approaching
0.05 percent, and that the effects are worse at night. All
drivers are impaired at BAC levels above 0.05 percent.
Statistics show that the chance of being in a collision
increases sharply for drivers who have a BAC of
0.05 percent or above. A driver with a BAC level of
0.06 percent has doubled his or her chance of having a
collision. At a BAC level of 0.10 percent, the chance of
this driver having a collision is 12 times greater; at a
level of 0.15 percent, the chance is 25 times greater!
4-3
The body takes about anhour to rid itself of the alcohol
in one drink.No amount of coffee or number of cold
showers will speed that up.“I’ll be careful” isn’t the
right answer. Whatif there’s an emergency, a need to
take sudden action, as when a child darts into the street?
A person with evena moderate BAC might not be able
to react quickly enough to avoid the collision.
There’s something else about drinking and driving that
many people don’t know. Medical researchshows that
alcohol in a person’s system can make crash injuries
worse, especially injuries to the brain, spinal cordor
heart. This means that when anyone who has been
drinking -- driver or passenger -- is in a crash, that
person’s chance of being killed or permanently disabled
is higher thanif the person had not been drinking.
4-4
Drinking and then driving
is very dangerous.
Your reflexes, perceptions, attentiveness and
judgment can beaffected by even a small amount
of alcohol. You can have a serious or even
fatal collision if you drive after drinking.
Please don’t drink and drive or ride
with a driver
who has been drinking. Ride homein a cab; or if
you’re with a group, designate a driver who will
not drink.
--
--
Control of a Vehicle
Braking
You have three systems that make your vehicle go where
you want it to go. They are the brakes, the steering and
Braking action involves perception time and reaction
the accelerator. All three systems have to do their work
at theplaces where the tires meet the road.
First, you have to decide to push on the brake pedal.
That’s perception time. Then you have to bring up your
foot and do it. That’s reaction time.
time.
Average reaction time is about 3/4 of a second. But
that’s only an average. It might be less with one driver
and as long as two or three seconds or morewith
another. Age, physical condition, alertness, coordination
and eyesight all play a part. So do alcohol, drugs and
frustration. But even in 3/4 of a second, a vehicle
moving at 60 mph (100 km/h) travels 66 feet (20 m).
That could be a lot of distance in an emergency, so
keeping enough space between your vehicle and others
is important.
And, of course, actual stopping distances vary greatly
with the surface of the road (whether it’s pavement or
gravel); the condition of the road (wet, dry, icy); tire
tread; and the condition of your brakes.
aometimes, as when you’re driving on snow or ice, it’s
easy to ask more of those control systems than the tires
and road can provide. That means you can lose control
of your vehicle.
i
4-5
Avoid needless heavy braking. Some people drive in
spurts -- heavy acceleration followed by heavy
braking -- rather than keeping pace with traffic.This is a
mistake. Your brakes may not have timeto cool between
hard stops. Your brakes will wear out muchfaster if you
do a lot of heavy braking. If you keep pace with the
traffic and allow realistic following distances, you will
eliminate a lot of unnecessary braking. That means
better braking and longer brake life.
If your engine ever stops while you’re driving, brake
normally but don’tpump your brakes. If you do, the
pedal may get harderto push down. If your engine
stops, you will still have some power brake assist. But
you will use it when you brake. Once the powerassist is
used up, it may take longer to stop and the brake pedal
will be harder to push.
Your vehicle has anti-lock brakes ( A B S ) . ABS is an
advanced electronic braking system that will help
prevent a braking skid.
When you start your engine and begin to drive away,
your anti-lock brake system will check itself.You may
hear a momentary motor or clicking noise while this test
is going on, andyou may even notice that your brake
pedal moves a little. This is normal,
ANTI LOCK
If there’s a problem with the
anti-lock brake system, this
warning light will stay on.
See “Anti-Lock Brake
System Warning Light” in
the Index.
The anti-lock system can change the brake pressure
faster than any driver could. The computer is
programmed to make the most of available tire and road
conditions.
Here’s how anti-lock works. Let’s say the road is wet.
You’re driving safely. Suddenly an animal jumps out in
front of you.
You slam on the brakes. Here’s what happens with ABS.
A computer senses that wheels are slowing down. If one
of the wheels is about to stop rolling, the computer will
separately work the brakes at each front wheel and at the
rear wheels.
You can steer around the obstacle while braking hard.
As you brake, your computer keeps receiving updates on
wheel speed and controls braking pressure accordingly.
4-7
Remember: Anti-lock doesn’t change the time you need
to get your foot up to the brake pedalor always decrease
stopping distance. If you get tooclose to the vehicle in
front of you, you won’t have time to applyyour brakes
if that vehicle suddenly slowsor stops, Always leave
enough room up ahead to stop, even though you have
anti-lock brakes.
Don’t pump the brakes. Just holdthe brake pedal down
and let anti-lock workfor you. You may hear the
anti-lock pump or motor operate, and feel the brake
pedal pulsate, but thisis normal.
Your vehicle has a traction control system thatlimits
wheel spin. This is especially useful in slippery road
conditions. The system operates onlyif it senses that one
or both of the front wheels are spinning or beginning to
lose traction. When this happens, the system worksthe
front brakes and reducesengine power to limit wheel
spin.
The TRACTION ACTIVE message will display on the
Driver Information Center when the traction control
system is limiting wheel spin. See “Driver Information
Center Messages” in the Index.You may feel or hear the
system working, but thisis normal.
If your vehicle is in cruise control when the traction
control system begins to limit wheel spin, the cruise
control will automatically disengage. When road
conditions allow you to safely use it again, you may
reengage the cruise control. (See “Cruise Control” in
the Index.)
TRACTION
CONTROL
This warning light will
come on to letyou know if
there’s a problem with your
traction control system. See
“Traction Control System
Warning Light” in the
Index. When this warning
light is on, the system will
not limit wheel spin. Adjust
your driving accordingly.
The traction control system automatically comes on
whenever you start your vehicle. To limit wheel spin,
especially in slippery road conditions, you should
always leave the system on. But you can turn the
traction control system off if you ever need to. (You
should turn the system off if your vehicle ever gets stuck
in sand, mud, ice orsnow. See “Rocking Your Vehicle”
in the Index.)
1_I
To turn the system off, press
the TRAC OFF button
located inside of the glove
box-
The TRACTION OFF message will display on the
Driver Information Center. If the system is limiting
wheel spin when you press the button, the TRACTION
OFF message will display -- but the system won’t turn
off right away. It will waituntil there’s no longer a
current need to limit wheel spin.
You can turn the system back on at any time by pressing
the button again. The TRACTION READY message
should display briefly on the Driver Information Center.
I
4-9
~-
Braking in Emergencies
Use your anti-lock braking system when you need to.
With anti-lock, you can steer and brake at the same
time. In many emergencies, steering can helpyou more
than even the very best braking.
Steering
Power Stewing
If you lose power steering assist because the engine
stops or the system is notfunctioning, you can steer but
it will take much more effort.
Speed Sensitive Steering (SSS)
(Eldorado Only)
This system varies the amountof steering effort
proportionate to your vehicle speed. Steering is easier at
a lower speed for maneuvering and parking ease.As
your vehicle speed increases,the steering effort also
increases. At highway speeds,the amount of steering
effort is increased to provide manual-like steering for
maximum control and stability.
Steering Tips
Driving on Curves
MAGNASTEER * (ETC Only)
It’s important to take curves at a reasonable speed.
Your vehicle may be equipped with GM MAGNASTEER,
a system that continuously adjusts the effort you feel when
steering at all vehicle speeds.It provides ease when
parking yet a firm, solid feel at highway speeds.
A lot of the “driver lost control” accidents mentioned on
the news happen on curves. Here’s why:
4-10
Experienced driver or beginner, each of us is subject to
the same laws of physics when driving oncurves. The
traction of the tires against the road surface makesit
possible for the vehicle to change its path when you turn
the l‘ront wheels. If there’s no traction, inertia will keep
the vehicle going in the same direction. If you’ve ever
tried to steer a vehicle on wet ice, you’ll understand this.
The traction you can get in a curve dependson the
condition of your tires and the road surface, the angleat
which the curveis banked and your speed. While you’re
in a curve,speed is the one factor you can control.
Suppose you’re steering througha sharp curve. Then you
suddenly accelerate. Both control systems-- steering and
acceleration -- have to do their work where the tires meet
the road. Unless your traction control system is on, adding
the sudden acceleration can demand too much
of those
places. You can lose control.
What shouldyou do if this ever happens? Easeup on the
accelerator pedal,steer the vehicle theway you want it
to go, and slow down.
Speed limit signs near curveswarn that you should
adjust your speed. Of course, the posted speedsare
based on good weather and road conditions. Under less
favorable conditionsyou’ll want to go slower.
If you need to reduce your speed as you approach a
curve, doit before you enter the curve, while
your front
wheels are straight ahead.
Try to adjust your speed so you can “drive” through the
curve. Maintain a reasonable, steady
speed. Wait to
accelerate until you are out of the curve,and then
accelerate gently into the straightaway.
There are times when steering can be more effective
than braking. For example,you come over a hill and
find a truck stopped in your lane, or a carsuddenly pulls
out fromnowhere, or achild darts out from between
parked cars and stops right in front of you. You can
avoid these problems by braking -- if you can stop in
time. But sometimesyou can’t; there isn’t room. That’s
the time for evasive action-- steering around the
problem.
Your Cadillac can perform very well inemergencies like
these. First apply your brakes. (See “Braking
in
Emergencies” earlier in this section.) It is better to
remove as much speed as you can from a possible
collision. Then steer around the problem, to the left or
right depending on the spaceavailable.
You may find sometime that your right wheels have
dropped off the edgeof a road onto the shoulder while
you’re driving.
OFF-ROAD
RECOVER
/
An emergency like this requires close attention anda
quick decision. If you are holding the steering wheel at
the recommended 9 and 3 o’clock positions, you can
turn it a full 180 degrees very quickly without removing
either hand. But you have to act fast, steer quickly and
just as quickly straighten the wheel once you have
avoided the object.
The fact that such emergency situations are always
possible is a good reason to practice defensive driving at
all times and wear safety belts properly.
4-12
/
/
edge of paved Surface
If the level of‘the shoulder is only slightly below the
pavement, recovery should be fairly easy. Ease off the
accelerator and then, if there is nothing in the way, steer
so that your vehicle straddles the edge of the pavement.
You can turn the steering wheelup to one-quarter turn
until the right front tire contacts the pavement edge. Then
turn your steering wheel to go straight down the roadway.
Passing
0
Do not get too close to the vehicle you want to pass
while you’re awaiting an opportunity. For onething,
following too closely reducesyour area of vision,
especially if you’re following alarger vehicle. Also,
you won’t have adequate spaceif the vehicle ahead
suddenly slows or stops. Keep back a reasonable
distance.
0
When it looks like a chance to pass is coming up,
start to accelerate but stay in the right lane and don’t
get too close. Time your move so you will be
increasing speed as the time comes to move into the
other lane. If the way is clear to pass, you will have a
“running start’’ thatmore than makes up forthe
distance you would lose by dropping back. And if
something happens to cause you to cancel your pass,
you need only slow down and drop back again and
wait for another opportunity.
The driverof a vehicle aboutto pass anotheron a
two-lane highway waits for just the
right moment,
accelerates, moves around the vehicle ahead,then goes
back into the right lane again. A simple maneuver?
Not necessarily! Passing another vehicle on a two-lane
highway is a potentially dangerous move, since the
passing vehicle occupies the same lane
as oncoming
traffic for several seconds. A miscalculation,
an error in
judgment, or abrief surrender to frustration or anger can
suddenly put the passing driver face
to face with the
worst of all traffic accidents -- the head-oncollision.
So here are some tips for passing:
“Drive ahead.” Look down the road, to the sides andto
crossroads for situations that might affect your passing
patterns. If you have any doubt whatsoever about
making a successful pass, wait for a better time.
Watch for traffic signs, pavement markings and lines.
If you can see a sign up ahead that might indicatea
turn or in intersection, delay your pass.A broken
center line usually indicates it’s all right to pass
(providing the road ahead is clear). Never cross
a solid
line on your side of the lane ora double solid line,
even if the road seems emptyof approaching traffic.
I
If other cars are lined up to pass a slow vehicle, wait
your turn. But take care that someone isn’t trying to
pass you as you pull out to pass the slow vehicle.
Remember to glance over your shoulder and check
the blind spot.
4-13
0
Check your mirrors, glance over your shoulder and
start your left lanechange signal before moving out
of the right lane topass. When you are far enough
ahead of the passed vehicle to see its front in your
inside mirror, activateyour right lane change signal
and move back into the right lane. (Remember that
your right outside mirror is convex. The vehicle you
just passed may seem to be farther away fromyou
than it really is.)
Try not to pass more than one vehicle at a time on
two-lane roads. Reconsider before passing the next
vehicle.
Don’t overtake a slowly moving vehicle too rapidly.
Even though the brake lamps are notflashing, it may
be slowing down or starting to turn.
If you’re being passed, make it easy for the
following driver to get ahead of you. Perhaps you
can ease a little to theright.
’C
s review wnat arlving experts say about what
happens when the three control systems(brakes, steering
and acceleration) don’t have enough friction where the
tires meet the road to do what the driver has asked.
In any emergency, don’t give up. Keep trying to steer and
constantly seek an escape route or area
of less danger.
In a skid, a driver can losecontrol of the vehicle.
Defensive drivers avoid most skids by taking reasonable
care suited to existingconditions, and by not
“overdriving” those conditions. But skids are always
possible.
The three types of skids correspond to your Cadillac’s
three control systems. In the brakingskid, your wheels
aren’t rolling. In the steering or cornering skid, too
much speed or steering in a curve causes tires to slip and
lose cornering force. And in the accelerationskid, too
much throttle causes thedriving wheels to spin.
A cornering skid is best handledby easing your foot off
the accelerator pedal.
Remember: Any traction control system helps avoid
only the acceleration skid.
If your traction control system isoff, then an
acceleration skid is also best handledby easing your
foot off the accelerator pedal.
If your vehicle starts toslide, ease your foot off the
accelerator pedal and quicklysteer the way you wantthe
vehicle to go. If you start steering quickly enough, your
vehicle may straighten out. Always be readyfor a
second skid if it occurs.
Of course, traction is reduced when water,snow, ice,
gravel or other material is on the road. For safety, you’ll
want to slow down and adjust your driving to these
conditions. It is important to slow down on slippery
surfaces because stopping distance will be longer and
vehicle control more limited.
Driving at Night
While driving on a surface with reduced traction, try
your best to avoid sudden steering, acceleration or
braking (including engine braking by shifting to a lower
gear). Any sudden changes could cause the tires to
slide. You may not realize the surface is slippery until
your vehicle is skidding. Learn to recognize warning
clues -- such as enough water, ice orpacked snow on
the road to make a “mirrored surface” -- and slow
down when you have any doubt.
Remember: Any anti-lock brake system (ABS) helps
avoid only the braking skid.
I’
Night driving is more dangerous than day driving. One
reason is that some drivers are likely to be impaired-- by
alcohol or drugs, with night vision problems or by fatigue.
4-15
Here are some tips on night driving.
Drive defensively.
Don’t drink and drive.
Since you can’t see as well, you may need to slow
down and keep more space between you and other
vehicles.
Slow down, especially on higher speed roads. Your
headlamps can light up only so much road ahead.
In remote areas, watch for animals.
If you’re tired, pull off the road ina safe place and
rest.
Night ’
No one can see as well atnight as in the daytime. But as
we get older these differences increase. A 50-year-old
driver may require at least twice as much light tosee the
same thing at night as a 20-year-old.
What you do in the daytimecan also affect your night
vision. For example, if you spend the day in bright
sunshine you are wise to wear sunglasses. Youreyes will
have less trouble adjusting to night. Butif you’re
driving, don’t wear sunglasses at night. They may cut
down on glare from headlamps, but they alsomake a lot
of things invisible.
4-16
You can be temporarily blinded by approaching
headlamps. It can takea second or two, or even several
seconds, for your eyes to readjustto the dark. When you
are faced with severe glare (as from a driver who
doesn’t lower the high beams,or a vehicle with
misaimed headlamps), slow down a little. Avoid staring
directly into the approaching headlamps.
Keep your windshield andall the glass on your vehicle
clean -- inside and out. Glare at night is made much
worse by dirt on the glass. Even the inside of theglass
can build up a film caused by dust. Dirty glass makes
lights dazzle and flash more than clean glass would,
making the pupilsof your eyes contract repeatedly.
Remember that your headlamps light upfar less of a
roadway when you are in a turn or curve. Keep your
eyes moving; that way, it’s easier to pick out dimly
lighted objects. Just as your headlamps should be
checked regularly for proper aim, so should your eyes
be examined regularly. Some drivers suffer from night
blindness -- the inability to see in dim light -- and aren’t
even aware of it.
-
Driving in Rain and on Wet Roads
Rain and wet roads can mean driving trouble. On a wet
road, you can’t stop, accelerate or turn as well because
your tire-to-road traction isn’t as good as on dry roads.
And, if your tires don’t have much tread left, you’ll get
even less traction. It’s always wise to go slower and be
cautious if rain starts to fall while you are driving. The
surface may get wet suddenly when your reflexes are
tuned for driving on dry pavement.
The heavier the rain, the harder it is to see. Even if your
windshield wiper blades are in good shape, a heavy rain
can make it harder to see road signs and traffic signals,
pavement markings, the edge of the road and even
people walking.
It’s wise to keep your wiping equipment in good shape
and keep your windshield washer tank filled. Replace
your windshield wiper inserts when they show signs of
streaking or missing areas on the windshield, or when
strips of rubber start to separate from the inserts.
I
I
4-17
Wet brakes cancause accidents. They won't work
well in a quick stop and maycause pulling to one
side. You could lose controlof the vehicle.
After driving througha large puddle of water or
a car wash, apply your brake pedal lightly until
your brakes work normally.
I
Driving too fast through large water puddlesor even
going through some car washes can cause problems, too.
The water may affect your brakes. Try to avoid puddles.
But if you can't, try to slow down before you hit them.
Hydroplaning
Driving Through Deep Standing Water
Hydroplaning is dangerous. So much water can build up
under your tires that they can actually ride on the water.
This can happen if the road is wet enough and you’re
going fast enough. When your vehicle is hydroplaning,
it has little or no contact with the road.
NOTICE:
If you drive too quickly through deep puddles or
standing water, water can come in through your
engine’s air intake and badly damage your
engine. Never drive through waterthat is slightly
lower thanthe underbody of your vehicle. If you
can’t avoid deep puddles or standing water, drive
through them very slowly.
Hydroplaning doesn’t happen often. But it canif your
tires haven’t much tread or if the pressure in one or
more is low. It can happen if a lot of water is standing on
the road. If you can see reflections from trees, telephone
poles or other vehicles, and raindrops “dimple” the
water’s surface, there could be hydroplaning.
Hydroplaning usually happens at higher speeds. There
just isn’t a hard and fast rule about hydroplaning. The
best advice is to slow down when it is raining.
~~
~
Some Other Rainy Weather Tips
Turn on your low-beam headlamps -- not just your
parking lamps -- to helpmake you more visible to
others.
Besides slowing down, allow some extra following
distance. And be especially careful when you pass
another vehicle. Allow yourself more clear room
ahead, and be prepared to have your view restricted
by road spray.
0
Have good tires with proper tread depth. (See
“Tires” in the Index.)
4-19
City Drivirm
Here are ways to increase your safety in city driving:
Know the best way to get to where you are going.
Get a citymap and plan your trip into an unknown
part of the city just as you would for a cross-country
trip.
0
Try to L I S the
~ freeways that rim and crisscross most
large cities. You’ll save time and energy. (See the
next part, “Freeway Driving.”)
Treat a green light as a warning signal. A traffic light
is there because the corner is busy enough to need it.
When a light turns green, and just before you start to
move, check both ways forvehicles that have not
cleared the intersection or may be running the red
light.
One of the biggest problems with city streets is the
amount of traffic on them. You’ll want to watch out for
what the other drivers are doing and pay attention to
traffic signals.
4
reeway urwm
At the entrance, there is usually a ramp that leads to the
freeway. If you have a clear view of the freeway as you
drive along the entrance ramp, you should begin to
check traffic. Try to determine where you expect to
blend with the flow. Try to merge into the gap at close to
the prevailing speed. Switch on your turn signal, check
your mirrors and glance over your shoulder as often as
necessary. Try to blend smoothly with the traffic flow.
Once you are on the freeway, adjust your speed to the
posted limit or to the prevailing rate if it’s slower. Stay
in the right lane unless you want to pass.
Before changing lanes, check your mirrors. Then use
your turn signal.
Just before you leave the lane, glance quickly over your
shoulder to make sure there isn’t another vehicle in your
“blind” spot.
Mile for mile, freeways (also called thruways, parkways,
expressways, turnpikes or superhighways) are the safest
of all roads. But they have their own special rules.
The most important advice on freeway driving is: Keep
up with traffic and keep to the right. Drive at the same
speed most of the other drivers are driving. Too-fast or
too-slow driving breaks a smooth traffic flow. Treat the
left lane ona freeway asa passing lane.
Once you are moving on the freeway, make certain you
allow a reasonable following distance. Expect to move
slightly slower at night.
When you want to leave the freeway, move to the proper
lane well in advance. If you miss your exit, donot,
under any circumstances, stop and back up. Drive onto
the next exit.
The exit ramp can be curved, sometimes quite sharply.
The exit speed is usuallyposted.
Here are some things you cancheck before a trip:
Reduce your speed according to your speedomete.r, not
to your sense of motion. After driving for any distance
at higher speeds, you may te.nd to think you are going
slower than you actually are.
0
Wimid1icld Washer Fluid: Is the reservoir full? Are
all windows clean inside and outside?
0
Wiper Blndes:Are they in good shape?
0
Fuel, Eugilze Oil, Other-Fluids: Have you checked
all levels?
Before Leaving on a Long Trip
Make sure you’re ready. Try tobe well rested. If you
must start when you’re notfresh -- such as after a day’s
work -- don’t plan to make too many miles that first part
of the journey. Wearcomfortable clothing and shoes you
can easily drive in.
Is your vehicle ready fora long trip‘?If you keep it
serviced and maintained, it’s ready to go.If it needs
service, have it done before starting out. Of course,
you’ll find experienced and able service expertsi n
Cadillac dealerships all across North America.They’ll
be ready and willingto help if you need it.
4-22
L m p s : Are they all working? Are the lensesclean?
Tiws: They are vitally important to a safe,
trouble-free trip. Is the tread good enoughfor
long-distance driving? Are the tires all inflatedto the
recommended pressure?
Weatlzer Forecasts: What’s the weather outlook
along your route? Should you delay your tripa short
time to avoid a major storm system?
Maps: Do you have up-to-date maps?
Higl
Hypnosis
-
tountain Roa
Is there actually such a condition as “highway
hypnosis”? Or is it justplain falling asleep at the wheel?
Call ithighway hypnosis, lack of awareness or whatever.
There is somethingabout an easy stretch of road with
the same scenery, along with the hum of the tires on the
road, the drone of the engine andthe rush of the wind
against the vehicle that can make you sleepy. Don’t let it
happen to you! If it does,your vehicle can leave the
road in Eess than a second, and you could crash and be
injured.
What can you do about highway hypnosis? First, be
aware that it canhappen.
Then here are sometips:
e Make sure your vehicle is well ventilated, with a
comfortably cool interior.
0
Keep your eyes moving. Scan the road ahead and to
the sides. Check your rearview mirrors and your
instruments frequently.
Driving on steep hills or mountains is different from
driving in flat or rolling terrain.
e If you get sleepy, pull off the road into a rest, service
or parking area and take a nap, get some exercise or
both. For safety, treat drowsiness on the highway as
an emergency.
i
4-23
If you drive regularly in steep country, or if you’re
planning to visit there, here are some tips that can make
your trips safer andmore enjoyable.
0
Keep your vehicle in good shape. Check all fluid
levels and also the brakes, tires, cooling system and
transaxle. These parts can work hard on mountain
roads.
Coasting downhill in NEUTRAL (N) or with the
ignition off is dangerous. Your brakes will have to
do all the work of slowing down. They could get so
hot that they wouldn’t work well. You would then
have poor braking or even none going down a hill.
You could crash. Always have your engine running
and your vehicle in gear when you go downhill.
Know how to go down hills. The most important
thing to know is this: let your enginedo some of the
slowing down. Shift to a lower gear when you go
down a steep or long hill.
If you don’t shift down, your brakes
could get so
hot thatthey wouldn’t work well. You would then
have poor braking or even none
going down a
hill. You could crash. Shift downto let your
engine assist your brakes on
a steep downhill
slope.
4-24
0
Know how to go uphill. You may want to shift down
to a lower gear. The lower gears help cool your engine
and transaxle, and you can climb the hill better.
0
Stay in your own lane when driving on two-lane
roads in hills or mountains. Don’t swing wideor cut
across the center of the road. Drive atspeeds that let
you stay in your own lane.
0
As you go over thetop of a hill, be alert. There couldbe
something in your lane, like a stalled car or an accident.
0
You may see highway signs on mountains that warn of
special problems. Examples are long grades, passing or
no-passing zones, a falling rocks area or winding
roads. Be alert to these and take appropriate action.
Winter
n
rivil
Here are some tips for winter driving:
Have your Cadillac in good shape for winter.
YOUmay want to put winter emergency supplies in
your trunk.
Include an ice scraper, a small brush or broom, a supply
of windshield washer fluid, a rag, some winter outer
clothing, a small shovel, a flashlight, a red cloth and a
couple of reflective warning triangles. And, if you will
be driving under severe conditions, include a small bag
of sand, a piece of old carpet or a couple of burlap bags
to help provide traction. Be sure you properly secure
these items in your vehicle.
Driving on Snow or Ice
Most of the time, those places where your tires meet
the
road probably have good traction.
However, if there is snow or ice between your tires and
the road, you can have a very slippery situation. You’ll
have a lot less traction or “grip” and will need to be very
careful.
What’s the worst time for this? “Wet ice.” Very cold
snow or ice can be slick and hardto drive on. But wet
ice can be even more trouble because it may offer the
least traction of all. You can get wet ice when it’s about
freezing (32°F; OOC) and freezing rain begins to fall.
Try to avoid driving on wet ice until salt and sandcrews
can get there.
Whatever the condition -- smooth ice, packed, blowing
or loose snow -- drive with caution.
Keep your traction control system on. It improves your
ability to accelerate whendriving on a slippery road.
Even though your vehiclehas a traction control system,
you’ll want to slow down and adjust your driving the
to
road conditions. See “Traction Control System” in the
Index.
4-26
1
Your anti-lock brakes improve your vehicle’s stability
when you make a hard stopon a slippery road. Even
though you have the anti-lock braking system, you’ll
want to begin stopping sooner than you would
on dry
pavement. See “Anti-Lock”in the Index.
0
Allow greater following distance on any slippery
road.
0
Watch for slippery spots. The road might fine
be
On an
until you hit a spot that’s covered with ice.
otherwise clearroad, ice patches may appear in
shaded areas wherethe sun can’t reach: around
clumps of trees, behind buildingsor under bridges.
Sometimes the surface of a curveor an overpass may
remain icy when the surrounding roads are clear.
If
you see a patchof ice ahead of you, brake before you
are on it. Try not to brake while you’re actually on
the ice, and avoid sudden steering maneuvers.
If You’re Caught in a Blizzard
If you are stopped by heavy snow, you could in
bea
serious situation.You should probably stay with your
vehicle unless you knowfor sure thatyou are near help
and you canhike through the snow. Here are some
things todo to summon help and keep yourself and your
passengers safe:
Turn on your hazard flashers.
4-27
Tie a red cloth to your vehicle to alert police that
you’ve been stopped by the snow..
0
Put on extra clothing or wrap a blanket around you.
If you have no blankets or extra clothing, make body
insulators from newspapers, burlap bags, rags, floor
mats -- anything you can wrap around yourself or
tuck under your clothing tokeep warm.
You can run the engine to keep warm, but be careful.
4-28
‘
1
Snow can trap exhaust gases under your
vehicle.
This can cause deadly CO (carbon monoxide) gas
to get inside.CO could overcome you and kill
you. You can’t see it or smell it, so you might not
know it is in your
vehicle. Clear awaysnow from
around the baseof your vehicle, especially any
that is blocking your exhaustpipe. And check
around again from time to time to be sure snow
doesn’t collectthere.
Open a window just a little on the side
of the
vehicle that’s away from thewind. This will help
keep CO out.
Run your engine only as long as you must. This saves
fuel. When you run the engine,make it go a littlefaster
is, push the acceleratorslightly. This
than just idle. That
uses less fuel for the heatthat you get and it keepsthe
battery charged. You will need a well-charged battery to
restart the vehicle, and possibly for signalinglater on
with your headlamps. Let the heater
run for awhile.
Loading Your Vehicle
TIRE-LOADING INFORMATION
‘
OCCUPANTS
VEHICLE CAP. WT.
CTR.
FRT.
RR.
TOTAL LBS.
KG
MAX. LOADING & GVWR SAME AS VEHICLE
CAPACITY
WEIGHT
XXX
COLD
TIRE
Then, shut the engine
off and close the window almost
PRESSURE
SPEED
SIZE TIRE
all the way to preserve the heat. Start the engine again
RTG
PSI/KPa
and repeat thisonly when you feel really uncomfortable
FRT.
RR.
from the cold. But doasitlittle as possible. Preserve the
SPA.
fuel as long as you can. To help keep warm, you can get
IF TIRES ARE HOT. ADD 4PS1/28KPa
out of the vehicleand do somefairly vigorous exercises
SEE OWNER’S MANUAL FOR ADDITIONAL
every half hour orso until help comes.
INFORMATION
Two labels on your vehicle show how much weight it
may properly carry. The Tire-Loading Information label
found on the driver’s door tells you the proper size,
speed rating and recommended inflation pressures for
the tires on your vehicle. It also gives you important
information aboutthe number of people that can be in
your vehicle and the total weight that youcan carry.
This weight is called the Vehicle Capacity Weight and
includes the weight of all occupants, cargo and all
options not installed in the factory.
I
4-29
MFD BY GENERAL MOTORS CORP
DATE GVWR GAWR FRT GAWR RR
THIS VEHICLE CONFORMS TO ALL APPLICABLE U.S. FEDERAL MOTOR VEHICLE
SAFETY, BUMPER, AND THEFT PR,EVENTION
STANDARDS IN EFFECT ON THE DATE OF
MANUFACTURE SHOWN ABOVE.
1
The other labelis the Certificationlabel, found on the
rex’edge of the driver’s door.It tells you the gross
weight capacityof your vehicle, called the GVWR
(Gross Vehicle Weight Rating).The.GVWRincludes the
weightof the vehicle, all occupants, fuel andcargo.
Never exceed the GVWR
for your vehicle,or the Gross
Axle Weight Rating(GAWR) for either the front or rear
axle.
If you do have a heavy load, you should spread
it out..
Don’t carry more than176 lbs. (80 kg) in yourtrunk.
PICAUTION:
Do not loadyour vehicle any heavier than the
GVWR, or either the maximum front or rear
GAWR. If you do, parts on your vehicle can
break, or itcan change the way your vehicle
handles. These could causeyou to lose control.,
Also, overloading can shorten thelife of your
vehicle.
I NOTICE:
Your warranty does not cover parts or
components that fail becauseof over loading.
If you put things inside your vehicle
-- like suitcases,
tools, packages or anythingelse -- they will go asfast as
the vehicle goes. If you have to stopturn
or quickly, or
if there is a crash, they’ll keep going.
Towing a Trailer
Things you put inside your vehicle can strike and
injure people ina sudden stop or turn, or
in a
crash.
Put things in the trunk of your vehicle. In a
trunk, putthem as far forward as you can.
'Iky to spread theweight evenly.
Never stack heavier things, like suitcases,
inside the vehicle so that some of them are
above the tops of the seats.
Don't leave an unsecured child restraint in
your vehicle.
When you carry something insidethe
vehicle, secure it whenever you can.
If you don't use the correct equipment and drive
properly, you can lose control when you pulla
trailer. For example, if the trailer is too heavy,the
brakes may not work well or even at all. You
and your passengers couldbe seriously injured.
Pull a trailer only if you have followedall the
steps in this section. Ask your Cadillac dealer for
advice and information about towing a trailer
with your vehicle.
--
NOTICE:
Pulling a trailer improperly can damage your
vehicle and result in costlyrepairs not coveredby
your warranty. To pull a trailer correctly, follow
the advice inthis part, andsee your Cadillac
dealer for important information about towing a
trailer with your vehicle.
4-31
Your vehicle cantow a trailer if it is equipped with
proper towing equipment. To identify what the vehicle
trailering capacity is for your vehicle, you should read
the information in “Weight of the Trailer” that appears
later in this section. But trailering is different than just
driving your vehicle by itself. Trailering means changes
in handling, durdbility and fuel economy. Successful,
safe trailering takes correct equipment,and it has to be
used properly.
That’s the reason for thispart. In it are many
time-tested, important trailering tips and safety rules.
Many of these are important for your safety and that of
your passengers. So please read this section carefully
before you pull a trailer.
Load-pulling components such as the engine, transaxle,
wheel assemblies and tires are forcedto work harder
against the drag of the added weight. The engine is
required to operate at relatively higher speeds and under
greater loads, generating extra heat. What’s more, the
trailer adds considerably to wind resistance, increasing
the pulling requirements.
If You Do Decide To Pull A Trailer
If you do, here are some important points.
0
There are many different laws, including speed limit
restrictions, having to do with trailering. Make sure
your rig will be legal, not only where you live but
also where you’ll be driving. A good source for this
information can be state or provincial police.
0
Consider using a sway control. You can ask a hitch
dealer about sway controls.
0
Don’t tow a trailer at all during the first 1,000miles
(1 600 km) your new vehicle is driven. Your engine,
axle or other parts could be damaged.
0
Then, during the first SO0 miles (800 km) that you
and
tow a trailer, don’t drive over SO mph (80 h/h)
don’t make starts at full throttle. This helpsyour
engine and other parts of your vehicle wear in at the
heavier loads.
0
Obey speed limit restrictions when towing a trailer.
Don’t drive faste.r than the maximum posted speed
for trailers (or no more than 55 mph (90 km/h)) to
save wear on your vehicle’s parts.
Three important considerations have to dowith weight:
the weight of the trailer, the weight of the trailer tongue
and the total weight on your vehicle’s tires.
Weight of the Trailer
How heavy can a trailer safely be?
It should never weigh more than 1,000 lbs. (450 kg)
total, including the load. But even that can be too heavy.
It dependson how you plan to use your rig. For
example, speed,altitude, road grades, outside
temperature and how much your vehicle is used to pull a
trailer are all important. And, it can also depend on any
special equipment that you have on your vehicle.
Weight of the Trailer Tongue
The tongue load (A) of any trailer is an important
weight to measure because it affects the total capacity
weight of your vehicle. The capacity weight includes the
curb weight of the vehicle, any cargo you may carry in it
and the people who will be riding in the vehicle. And if
you will tow a trailer, you must subtract the tongue load
from your vehicle’s capacity weight because your
vehicle will be carrying that weight, too. See “Loading
Your Vehicle” inthe Index for more information about
your vehicle’s maximum load capacity.
You can ask your dealer for our trailering information or
advice, or you can write us at:
Cadillac Customer Assistance Center
Cadillac Motor Car Division
30009 Van Dyke
P.O. Box 9025
Warren, MI 48090-9025
In Canada, write to:
General Motors of Canada Limited
Customer Assistance Center
1908 Colonel Sam Drive
Oshawa, Ontario L1H 8P7
A
B
If you’re using a “dead-weight” hitch, the trailer
tongue (A) should weigh 10% of the total loaded trailer
weight (B). If you have a “weight-distributing” hitch,
the trailer tongue(A) should weigh 12% of the total
loaded trailer weight (B).
After you’ve loaded your trailer, weigh the trailer and
then the tongue, separately, to see
if the weights are
proper. If they aren’t, you may be ableto get them right
simply by moving some, items around in the trailer.
Total Weight on Your Vehicle’s Tires
Be sure your vehicle’s tires are inflated to the
recommended pressure for cold tires.You’ll find these
numbers on the Certification label at the rear edge
of the
driver’s door or see “LoadingYour Vehicle” in the
Index. Then be sure you don’tgo over the GVW limit
for your vehicle, including the weightof the trailer
tongue.
Hitches
It’s important to have the correct hitch equipment.
Crosswinds, large trucks goingby and rough roads are a
few reasons why you’llneed the right hitch. Here are
some rules to follow:
Will you have to make any holes in thebody of your
vehicle when you install a trailer hitch? If you do,
then be sure to seal the holes later when you remove
the hitch. If you don‘t seal them. deadly carbon
monoxide (CO) from your exhaust can get intoyour
vehicle (see “Carbon Monoxide” in the Index). Dirt
and water can, too.
The bumpers on your vehicle are not intended for
hitches. Do not attach rental hitches or other
bumper-type hutches to them. Use only a frame-mounted
hitch that does not attach to the bumper.
Safety Chains
You should always attach chains between your vehicle
and your trailer. Cross the safety chains under the tongue
of the trailer so that the tongue will not dropto the road
if it becomes separated from the hitch. Instructions
about safety chains may be provided by the hitch
manufacturer or by the trailer manufacturer. Followthe
manufacturer’s recommendation for attaching safety
chains and do not attach them to the bumper. Always
4-34
leave just enough slack so you can turn with your rig.
And, never allow safety chains to drag onthe ground.
Trailer Brakes
Because you have anti-lock brakes, don’t try to tap into
your vehicle’s hydraulic brake system. If you do, both
brake systems won’t work well, or at all.
Be sure to read and follow the instructions for the trailer
brakes so you’ll be able to install, adjust and maintain
them properly.
Driving with a ”hailer
Towing a trailer requires a certain amount of experience.
Before setting out forthe open road, you’ll want to get
to know your rig. Acquaint yourself with the feel of
handling and braking with the added weight of the
trailer. And always keep in mind that the vehicle you are
driving is now a good deal longer and not nearly as
responsive as your vehicle is by itself.
Before you start, check the trailer hitch and platform
(and attachments), safety chains, electrical connector,
lamps, tires and mirror adjustment. If the trailer has
electric brakes, start your vehicle and trailer moving and
then apply the trailer brake controller by hand to be sure
the brakes are working. This lets you check your
electrical connection at the same time.
During your trip, check occasionally to be sure that the
load is secure, and that the lamps and any trailer brakes
are still working.
Following Distance
Stay atleast twice as far behind the vehicle ahead as you
would when driving your vehicle without a trailer. This
can help you avoid situations that require heavy braking
and sudden turns.
Passing
You’ll need more passing distance up ahead when
you’re towing a trailer. And, because you’re a good deal
longer, you’ll need to go much farther beyond the
passed vehicle before you can return to your lane.
Backing Up
Hold the bottom of the steering wheel with one hand.
Then, to move the trailer to the left, just move that hand
to the left. To move the trailer to the right, move your
hand to the right. Always back up slowly and, if
possible, have someone guide you.
4-35
Making Turns
When towing a trailer, the green arrows on your
instrument panel will flash for turns even if the bulbs on
the trailer are burned out. Thus, you may think drivers
behind you are seeing your signal when they are not. It’s
important to check occasionally to be sure the trailer
bulbs are still working.
NOTICE:
Making very sharp turns while trailering could
cause the trailer to come in contact with the
vehicle. Your vehicle could be damaged. Avoid
making very sharp turns while trailering.
When you’re turning with a trailer, make wider turns
than normal. Do this so your trailer won’t strike soft
shoulders, curbs, road signs, trees or other objects.
Avoid jerky or sudden maneuvers. Signal well in
advance.
Turn Signals When Towing a Trailer
When you tow a trailer, your vehicle may need a
different turn signal flasher and extra wiring.Check
with your Cadillac dealer. The green arrowson your
instrument panel will flash whenever you signal a turn
or lane change.Properly hooked up, the trailer lamps
will also flash,telling other driversyou’re about to turn,
change lanes or stop.
4-36
Driving On Grades
I
Reduce speed and shift to a lower gear hefor-e you start
down a long or steep downgrade. If you don’t shift
down, you might have to use your brakes so much that
they would get hot and no longer work well.
On a long uphill grade, shift down and reduce your
speed to around 45 mph (70 km/h) or less to reduce the
possibility of engine and transaxle overheating.
Parking on Hills
You really should not park your vehicle, with a trailer
attached, ona hill. If something goes wrong, your rig
could start to move. People can beinjured, and both
your vehicle andthe trailer can be damaged.
When You Are Ready to Leave After
Parking on a Hill
1. Apply your regular brakes and hold the pedal down
while you:
Start your engine;
But if you ever have to park your rig
on a hill, here’s
how to do it:
into
1. Apply your regular brakes, but do not shift
PARK (P).
Shift into a gear; and
0
Be sure the parking brake has released.
2. Let up on the brake pedal.
2. Have someone place chocks under the trailer wheels. 3. Drive slowly until the trailer is clear of the chocks.
3. When the wheel chocksare in place, release the
4. Stop and have someone pickup and store the chocks.
regular brakes until the chocks absorb the
load.
4. Reapply the regular brakes. Then shift into
PARK (P) firmly and apply your parking brake.
5. Release the regular brakes.
Maintenance When Trailer Towing
Your vehicle will need service more often when you’re
pulling a trailer.See the Maintenance Schedulefor more
on this. Things that are especially important in trailer
operation are automatic transaxle fluid (don’t overfill),
engine oil, belt, cooling system and brake adjustment.
Each of these is covered in this manual, and
the Index
will help you find them quickly. If you’re trailering, it’s
a good idea to review these sections before you start
your trip.
Check periodically to see that all hitch nuts and bolts
are tight.
4-37
NOTES
4-38
Y.-,
,
*
,
-
Section 5 Problems on the Road
Here you’ll find whatto do about some problems
that
can occur on the road.
Hazard Warning Flashers
Your hazard warning flasherslet you warn others. They
also let policeknow you have a problem. Your front and
rear turn signal lamps will flash on and off.
Press the button in to makeyour front and rearturn
signal lamps flash onand off.
\
A
This light on the instrument
panel will flash indicating
that the hazard warning
.
..
The hazard warning flashers will work once the button
is pressed in regardless of the key position.
Pull out on the collar to turn the flashers off. When the
hazard warning flashers are on,the turn signals won’t
work since they are already flashing.
5-2
Other Warning Devices
If you carry reflective triangles, youcan set one up at
the sideof the road about 300 feet (100 m) behind your
vehicle.
Jump Starting
If your battery has rundown, you may want to use
another vehicle and somejumper cables to start your
Cadillac. Please follow the steps below do
to it safely.
I NOTICE:
Ignoring these steps could result incostly damage
to your vehicle that wouldn’t be covered by your
warranty.
Trying to startyour Cadillacby pushing or
pulling it won’t work and it could damage your
vehicle.
Batteries canhurt you. They can be dangerous
because:
They contain acid that can burn you.
They contain gas that can explode or ignite.
They contain enough electricityto burn you.
If you don’t followthese steps exactly, some or all
of these things can hurt you.
1. Check the other vehicle. It must havea 12-volt
battery with a negative ground system.
I NOTICE:
If the other system isn’t a 12-volt system with a
negative ground, bothvehicles can be damaged.
5-3
2. Get the vehicles close enough so the jumper cables
can reach, but be sure the vehicles aren’t touching
each other. If they are, it could cause a ground
connection you don’t want. You wouldn’t be able to
start your Cadillac and the bad grounding could
damage the electrical systems.
3. Tum off the ignition on both vehicles. Unplug
unnecessary accessories plugged into the cigarette
lighter. Turn off all lamps that aren’t needed as well
as radios. This will avoid sparks and help save both
batteries. In addition, it could save your radio!
4. Open the hoods and locate the batteries. Find the
positive (+) and negative (-) terminals on each
battery.
I
An electric fan can start up even when the engine
is not running a.ndcan injure you. Keep hands,
clothing and tools away from any underhood
electric fan.
5. Start by removing the red positive (+) terminal
cover.
6. Check that thejumper cables don’t have loose or
missing insulation.If they do, you could get a shock.
The vehicles could also be damaged.
Using a match near a battery cancause battery
gas to explode. People have been hurt doing this,
and some have been blinded. Use a flashlight if
you need more light.
Be sure the battery has
enough water. You don’t
need to add water to
the Delco Freedom@ battery
installed in every new GM vehicle. But if a
battery hasfiller caps, besure the right amount
of fluid is there. If it is low, add water to take care
of that first. If you don’t, explosive gas could be
present.
Battery fluid contains acid that can burnyou.
Don’t get it on you. If you accidentally get it in
your eyes or on your skin, flush the place with
water andget medical help immediately.
Before you connect the cables, here are some things
you should know. Positive (+) will go to positive (+)
and negative (-) will go to negative (-) or a metal
engine part. Don’t connect positive(+) to negative (-)
or you’ll get ashort that would damage the battery and
maybe other parts, too.
Fans or othermoving engine parts can injureyou
badly. Keep your hands away from moving parts
once the engines are running.
5-5
Don’t let the other end
of the positive cable
touch metal. Connect
it to the positive (+)
terminal of the good
battery.
7. Connect the red positive (+) cable to the positive (+)
terminal of the vehicle with the dead battery.
9. Now connect the black
negative (-) cable to
the good battely’s
negative (-) terminal.
Don’t let the other endof the negative(-) cable touch
anything until the next step. The other end
of the
negative (-) cable doesn’t go to the dead battery. It goes
part on the engineof the
to a heavy unpainted metal
vehicle with the dead battery.
13. Remove the cables in reverse order to prevent
electrical shorting. Take care that they don’t touch
each other or any other metal.
10. Attach the cable at least
18 inches (45 cm) away
from the dead battery,
but not near engine parts
that move.The electrical
connection isjust as
good there, but the
chance of sparks getting
back to the battery is
much less.
I
-
B
@
-
C
11. Now start the vehicle with the good battery and run
the enginefor awhile.
A. Heavy Metal Engine Part
12. Try to start the vehicle with the dead battery.If it
won’t start after a few tries,
it probably needs
service.
C . Dead Battery
+
+
B. Good Battery
5-7
Towing Your Vehicle
Try to have a Cadillac dealer or aprofessional towing
service tow your Eldorado. See “Roadside Assistance”
in the Index.
If your vehicle has been changed or modified since it
was factory-new by adding aftermarket items like fog
lamps, aero skirting or special tires and wheels, these
instructions may not be correct.
Before you do anything, turn on the hazard
warning flashers.
When you call, tell the towing service:
0
That your vehicle has front-wheel drive.
The make, model and year of your vehicle.
Whether you can still move the shift lever.
If there was an accident, what was damaged.
When the towing service arrives, let the tow operator
know that this manual contains towing instructions and
illustrations. The operator may want to seethem.
5-8
Front Towing
AC
Rear Towing
.
UTION:
To help avoid injury toyou or others:
Never let passengers ride in a vehicle that is
being towed.
Never tow faster thansafe or posted speeds.
Never tow withdamaged parts not fully
secured.
Never get under your vehicle after it has
been lifted bythe tow truck.
Always secure the vehicle on each side with
separate safety chains when towing it.
Never use J-hooks. Use only T-hooksin the
front T-hook slots and only R-hooks in the
rear R-hook slots.
5-9
A vehicle can fall from a car carrierif it isn’t
a collision,
adequately secured. This can cause
serious personal injury andvehicle damage. The
vehicle should be tightly secured with chainsor
steel cables before itis transported.
Don’t use substitutes (ropes, leather straps,
canvas webbing, etc.) that canbe cut by sharp
edges underneath the towed vehicle. Always use
T-hooks inserted in the frontT-hook slots or
R-hooks insertedin the rear R-hook slots.
Never use J-hooks. They will damage drivetrain
and suspension components.
When your vehicle is being towed, havethe ignition key
turned to the OFF position. The steering wheel should
be clamped in a straight-ahead position, with a clamping
device designed for towing service. Do not use the
vehicle’s steering column lock for this. The transaxle
should be in NEUTRAL (N) and the parking brake
released.
Don’t have your vehicle towed on the drive wheels
unless you must. If the vehicle must be towed on the
drive wheels, be sure to follow the speed and distance
restrictions later in this section or your transaxle will be
damaged. If these limitations must be exceeded, then the
drive wheels have to be supported on a dolly.
Front Towing
Tow Limits -- 35 mph (56kph),25 miles (40km)
NOTICE:
Do not tow with sling type equipment or
fascia/fog lamp damagewill occur. Use wheel-lift
or car carrierequipment. Additional ramping
may be required for car carrier equipment.
Use
safety chains and wheel straps.
Towing a vehicle over rough surfaces could
damage a vehicle. Damage can occur from vehicle
to ground or vehicle to wheel-lift equipment. To
help avoid damage, install a towing dolly and
raise thevehicle until adequate clearance is
obtained between the ground and/orwheel-lift
equipment.
Do not attach winch cables or J-hooks to
suspension components when using car carrier
equipment. Always use T-hooksinserted in the
T-hook slots.
5-11
i
1
Attach T-hook chains on both sides, in the slotted holes
in the bottom of the frame rails,behind the front wheels.
These slots are to be used when loading and securing to
car carrier equipment.
Attach a separate safety chain around the outboard end
of each lower control arm.
Rear Towing
Tow Limits -- 35 mph (56 kph), 25 miles (40 km)
NOTICE:
Do not tow with sling type
equipment or rear
bumper valance damage will occur. Use wheel-lift
or car carrierequipment. Additionalramping
may be required for car carrierequipment. Use
safety chains and wheel straps.
Towing a vehicle over roughsurfaces could
damage a vehicle. Damage can occurfrom vehicle
to ground or vehicle ta wheel-lift equipment. To
help avoid damage,install a towing dollyand
raise the vehicle until adequate clearance is
obtained betweenthe ground and/or wheel-lift
equipment.
Do not attach winch cablesor J-hooks to
suspension components when using
car carrier
equipment. Always use R-hooks inserted in the
R-hook slots.
I
.
_ _
5-13
Attach R-hook chains tothe R-hook slots in the frame
rails just ahead of the rear wheels on both sides.
These slots are to be
used when loading and securing to
car carrier equipment.
Attach a separate safety chain around the end of each
axle inboard of the spring.
Engine Overheating
You will find an ENGINE COOLANT HOT-IDLE
ENGINE ENGINE
ENGINE message or STOP
a
OVERHEATED messageon the DIC. There is also an
engine temperature warning light on
the instrument
panel. See “Engine Temperature Warning Light”in the
Index.
Overhe
Mode
1Engine
Ootection Operating
NOTICE:
After driving in the Overheated Engine
Protection OperatingMode, to avoid engine
damage, allow the engine to cool before
attempting any repair. The engine oil may be
severely degraded. Change the oil and reset the
oil life indicator. See “Engine Oil, When to
Change” in the Index.
Should a low coolant condition exist and the message
STOP ENGINE ENGINE OVERHEATED isdisplayed,
an overheat protection mode which alternates
firing
groups of four cylinders helps prevent engine damage.
This operating mode allows your vehicle be
to driven
to a safe place in an emergency; you may drive up to
50 miles (80 km). Towing a trailer inthe overheat
protection mode shouldbe avoided.
5-15
If Steam Is Coming From Your Engine
Steam from an overheated engine can burn
you
badly, even if you just open the hood. Stay away
from the engineif you see or hear steam coming
from it. Just turn itoff and get everyone away
from thevehicle until it cools down. Wait until
there is no sign of steam or coolantbefore
opening thehood.
If you keep driving when your engine is
overheated, the liquidsin it can catch fire.
You
or others couldbe badly burned. Stop your
engine if it overheats, and get out
of the vehicle
until the engineis cool.
1 NOTICE:
~~~
If your engine catchesfire because you keep
driving with nocoolant, your vehicle can be
badly damaged. Thecostly repairs would not be
covered by your warranty. See “Overheated
Engine Protection Operating Mode” in the Index.
5-16
If No Steam Is Coming FromYour Engine
If you get the overheat warning but see or hear no
steam, the problem may not be too serious. Sometimes
the engine canget a little too hot when you:
Climb a long hill on a hot day.
Stop after high-speed driving.
If you no longer have me overheat warning, you can
drive. Just to be safe, drive slowerfor about 10 minutes.
If the warning doesn’t come backon, you can drive
normally.
If the warning continues, pull over, stop and park your
vehicle right away.
1. Turn off your air conditioner.
If there’s still no signof steam, you can idlethe engine
for two or three minutes whileyou’re parked, tosee if
the warning stops. But then,if you still have the
warning, turn o f t h e engine and get everyone outof the
vehicle until it cools down. Also, see “Overheated
in
Engine Protection Operating Mode” listed previously
this section.
2. Dial temperature control to the highest heat setting
and open the window, as necessary.
You may decide not to lift the hood
but to get service
help right away.
Idle for long periods in traffic.
Tow a trailer.
If you get the overheat warning with
no sign of steam,
try thisfor a minute or so:
3. If you’re in a trafficjam, shift to NEUTRAL (N);
otherwise, shift tothe highest gear while
or THIRD(3).
driving -- OVERDRIVE (a)
5-17
1
An electric fan under the hood can start up even
when the engine is not running and can injure
you. Keep hands, clothing and tools away from
any underhood electric fan.
~~
If the coolant inside the coolant surge tank is boiling,
don’t do anything else until it cools down.
When you decide it’s safe to lift the hood, here’s what
you’ll see:
A. Coolant Surge Tank with Pressure Cap
B. Electric Engine Fans
5-18 -
A CAUTION:
Heater and radiatorhoses,
parts, can be very hot. Don’t touch them. If you
do, you can be burned.
Don’t run the engineif there is a leak. If you run
the engine, it could lose all coolant. That could
cause an engine fire, and you could be burned.
Get any leak fixed before you drive thevehicle.
The coolant level shouldbe indicated by a CHECK
COOLANT LEVEL message on the Driver Information
Center. If it isn’t, you may have a leak in the radiator
hoses, heater hoses, radiator, water
pump or somewhere
else in the cooling system,
5-19
NOTICE:
Engine damageif you keep running your engine
your warranty.
without coolant isn’t covered by
See “Overheated Engine Protection Operating
Mode” in the Index.
If there s e e m to be no leak, with the engine on, check to
see if the electric engine fans are running. If the engine
is overheating, both fans should be running. If they
aren’t, your vehicle needs service.
How to Add Coolant to the Coolant Surge
Tank
If you haven’t found a problem yet, but the coolant level
isn’t at the proper level (2.5 inches (60 mm) below the
base o f the fill neck), add a 50/50 mixture of cleun
water (preferably distilled) and DEX-COOL
antifreeze at the coolant surge tank, but be sure the
cooling system, including the coolant surge tank
pressure cap, is cool before you do it. (See “Engine
Coolant’’ in the Index for more information.)
TM
Steam and scalding liquids from a hot cooling
system can blow out and burnyou badly. They are
under pressure, and if you turn the coolant surge
tank pressure cap even a little they can come
out at high speed. Never turn the capwhen the
cooling system, including the coolant surge tank
pressure cap, is hot. Wait for the cooling system
and coolant surge tank pressure cap to
cool if you
ever have to turn the pressure cap.
--
--
~
Adding only plain water to yourcooling system
can be dangerous. Plain water, or some other
liquid likealcohol, can boil before the proper
coolant mix will. Your vehicle’scoolant warning
system is set for the proper
coolant mix. With
plain water or the wrongmix, your engine could
get too hot but you wouldn’t get the overheat
warning. Your engine could catch fire andyou or
others could be burned. Use a 50/50 mix of clean
water andDEX-COOL antifreeze.
TM
5-21
NOTICE:
In cold weather, water can freeze and crack the
So
engine, radiator, heater core and other parts.
use the recommended coolant.
You can be burned if you spill coolant on hot
engine parts. Coolant contains ethylene
glycol
and it will burn if the engine parts are hot
enough. Don’t spill coolant ona hot engine.
1. You can remove the coolant surge tank pressure
cap when the cooling system, including the coolant
surge tank pressure cap and upper radiator hose,
is no longer hot. Turn the pressure cap slowly
counterclockwise until it first stops. (Don’t press
down while turning the pressure cap.)
If you hear a hiss, wait for that to stop. A hiss means
there is still some pressure left.
I
2. Then keep turning the cap, but now push down as
you turn it. Remove the pressure cap.
3. Then fill the coolant surge tank with theproperfmix,
up to the baseof the filler neck.
5-23
4. With the coolant surge tank pressure cap oft', start the
engine and let it run until youcan feel the upper
radiator hose getting hot. Watch out for the
engine fans.
5. Then replace the pressure cap. Be sure the arrows on
the pressure capline up likethis.
Start the engine and allow it to warm up. If the CHECK
COOLANT LEVEL message does not appear on the
By thistime,thecoolantlevelinside
the coolantDriverInformationCenter,coolant
is at the properfill
surge tankmay be lower. If thelevel is lower, add
level. If a CHECK COOLANT LEVEL message does
more of the proper mix tothe coolantsurge tank
appear,repcatSteps 1 to 3 orsee yourdealer.
until the level reaches about 2.5 inches (60 mm)
below the base of the filler neck.
If a Tire Goes Flat
Changing a Flat Tire
It’s unusual for a tire to “blowout” while you’re driving,
especially if you maintain your tires properly.
If air goes
out of a tire, it’s muchmore likely to leak out slowly.
But if you should ever havea “blowout,” here area few
tips about what to expect and what
to do:
If a tire goes flat, avoid further tire and wheel damage
by driving slowly toa level place. Turn on your hazard
warning flashers.
A
CAUTION:
If a front tirefails, the flat tire will createa drag that
off the
pulls the vehicle toward that side. Take your foot
accelerator pedal and grip the steering wheel firmly.
Changing a tire cancause an injury. Thevehicle
Steer to maintain lane position, and then gently brake to can slip off the jack androll over you or other
a stop well out of the traffic lane.
people. You and they could be badly injured.
A rear blowout, particularly ona curve, acts much likea
skid and may requirethe same correction you’d use ina
skid. In any rear blowout, remove your foot from the
accelerator pedal. Get the vehicle under control by
steering theway you want the vehicle togo. It may be
very bumpy and noisy, but you can still steer. Gently
brake to a stop -- well off the road if possible.
If a tire goes flat, the next part shows how to use your
jacking equipment to changea flat tire safely.
Find a level place to change your tire. To help
prevent thevehicle from moving:
1. Put the shiftlever in PARK (P).
2. Set the parking brakefirmly.
3. ”urn off the engine.
To be even more certain thevehicle won’t move,
you can put blocks at the front and rear
of the
tire farthestaway from the one being changed.
That would be the tireon the otherside of the
vehicle, at the opposite end.
5-25
Removing the Spare Tire and Took
The following steps will tell you how to use the jack and
change atire.
The equipment you’ll need is in the trunk. Pull the
carpeting from t.he floor of the trunk. Turn the center
dial on the compact spare cover counterclockwise to
remove it. Lift and remove the cover. (See “Compact
Spare Tire” later in this section for more information
about the compact spare.)
Turn the nut holding the jack and wheel wrench
counterclockwise and remove it. Then remove the jack
and wrench.
Lift up the tire to remove it from the trunk.
5-27
Removing the Wheel Cover
“4
I
The tools you’ll be using include the jack (A) and the
wheel wrench (B).
There is a center wheel cover on the aluminum wheel.
Using the flat end of the wheel wrench, gently pry the
wheel cover off. Be careful not to scratch the aluminum
wheel edge and don’t try to remove it with your hands.
Removing the Flat Tire andInstalling the
Spare Tire
A CAUTION:
.
,
"
'
..
'
- '
,
I
Getting under a vehicle when it is jacked upis
dangerous. If the vehicle slips off the jack,you
could be badly injured orkilled. Never get under
a vehicle when it is supported only by a jack.
NOTICE:
1. Using the wheel wrench, loosen all thewheel nuts.
Don't remove them yet.
Raising yourvehicle with the jack improperly
positioned will damage thevehicle or may allow
the vehicle to fall off the jack.Be sure tofit the
jack lift head into the proper location before
raising yourvehicle.
2. Turn the jack handle clockwise to raise the jack lift
head a few inches.
5-29
11.0 INCHES
(279 mm)
5.5 INCHES
(140 mm)
3. Position the jack under the vehicle and raise the jack
lift head until it fits firmly into the notch in the
vehicle’s frame nearest the flat tire.
Put the compact spare tire near you.
4. Raise the vehicle by turning the jack handle
clockwise. Raise the vehicle far enough off the
rjround for the spare tire to fit under the vehicle.
L-
5 . Remove all wheel nuts and take off the flat tire.
6. Remove any rust or dirt
from the wheel bolts,
mounting surfaces and
spare wheel.
A CAUTION:
Rust or dirton the wheel, or on the partsto
which it is fastened, can make the
wheel nuts
become loose after a time. The wheel could come
off and cause an accident. When you change a
wheel, remove any rust or dirt from places
the
where the wheel attaches to thevehicle. In an
emergency, you can use a cloth or a paper towel
to do this; but
be sure touse a scraper orwire
brush later, if you needto, to get all the rust or
dirt off.
A CAUTION:
-
Never use oilor grease on studs ornuts. If you
do, the nuts might come loose. Your wheelcould
fall off, causing a serious accident.
7. Replace the wheel
nuts with the
rounded end of the
nuts toward the
wheel. Tighten
each nut by hand
until the wheel is
held against the
hub.
5-31
9. Tightenthe
wheel nuts firmly
in a criss-cross
sequence as shown
8. Lower the vehicleby rotating the wheel wrench
counterclockwise. Lower the jack completely.
r
Incorrect wheel nuts or improperly tightened
wheel nuts can cause the
wheel to become loose
and even come off. This could lead to an accident.
Be sure touse the correctwheel nuts. If you have
to replace them, be sure to get the right kind.
Stop somewhere assoon as you can and have the
nuts tightened witha torque wrench to100 lb-ft
(140 N-m).
5-32
NOTICE:
Improperly tightenedwheel nuts canlead to
brake pulsation and rotordamage. To avoid
expensive brake repairs, evenly tighten thewheel
nuts in the proper sequence and to the proper
torque specification.
Don’t try to put a wheel cover on your compact spare
tire. It won’t fit. Storethe wheel cover in the trunk until
you have the flat tire repaired or replaced.
I NOTICE:
Wheel covers won’t fit on your compact spare.If
you try to puta wheel cover on your compact
spare, you could damage thecover or the
compact spare.
Storing the Fla’ Tire and Tools
A CAUTION:
Storing a jack, a tire or other
equipment in the
passenger compartment of the vehicle could
cause injury. In a sudden stopor collision, loose
equipment could strike someone. Store all these
in the proper place.
After you’ve put the compact spare tire on your vehicle,
you’ll need to store the flat tire in your trunk. Use the
following procedure to secure the flat tire in the trunk.
Put the flat tire in the trunk so the side that faces out
when it is on the vehicle is facing down. The full-size
tire will not fit down into the well. Place it so the front is
in the well and the rear is out of the well.
5-33
Secure the tire with the stud cap that was used to hold
the compact spare in place. Store the cover as far
forward as possible.
Storing a jack, a tire or other equipment in the
passenger compartment of the vehicle could
cause injury. In a sudden stop orcollision, loose
equipment could strike someone. Store all these
in the proper place.
5-34
The compact spare isfor temporary use only. Replace
the compact spare tire with
a full-size tire as soon as you
can. See the storage instructions label to replace your
compact spare into your trunk properly.
&
SPARE TIRE
Compact Spare Tire
Although the compact spare tire was fully inflated when
your vehicle was new,
it can lose air aftera time. Check
the inflation pressure regularly.
It should be 60 psi
(420 Wa).
After installing the compact spare
on your vehicle,you
should stop assoon as possible and make sure your
spare tireis correctly inflated.The compact spare is
made to perform wellat posted speed limitsfor
distances upto 3,000 miles (5 000 km), so you can
finish your trip and have your full-size tire repaired
or
replaced where you want.Of course, it’s bestto replace
your spare witha full-size tire assoon as you can. Your
spare will last longer and be in good shape in case you
need it again.
5-35
NOTICE:
When the compact spareis installed, don’t take
your vehicle through an automatic car
wash with
guide rails. The compact spare can
get caught on
the rails. That can damage the tire and
wheel,
and maybe other parts
of your vehicle.
If You’re Stuck: In Sand, Mud, Ice OF
Snow
What you don’t want to do when your vehicle is stuck is
to spin your wheels too fast. The method known as
“rocking” canhelp you get out when you’re stuck, but
you must use caution.
Don’t use your compact spare on other vehicles.
And don’t mix your compact spare tire or wheel with
other wheels or tires. They won’t fit. Keep your spare
tire and its wheel together.
NOTICE:
Tire chainswon’t fit your compact spare.
Using
them can damage your
vehicle and can damage
the chainstoo. Don’t use tire chainson your
compact spare.
5-36
If you let your tires spin at high speed, theycan
explode, and you or others could be injured. And,
the transaxle or other partsof the vehicle can
overheat. That could cause an engine compartment
fire or other damage. When you’re stuck, spin the
wheels as little as possible. Don’t spin the wheels
above 35 mph (55 k d h ) as shown on the
speedometer.
Rocking your vehicleto get it out:
NOTICE:
Spinning your wheelscan destroy parts of your
vehicle as well as the tires. If you spin the wheels
too fast while shifting your transaxle back and
forth, you can destroy your transaxle.
~
For information about using tire chains onyour vehicie,
see “Tire Chains” in the Index.
First, turn your steering wheel left and right. That will
clear the area around your front wheels. You should turn
your traction control system off. (See “Traction Control
System” in the Index.) Then shift back and forth
between REVERSE (R) and a forward gear, spinning the
wheels as little as possible. Release the accelerator pedal
while you shift, and press lightly on the accelerator
pedal when the transaxle is in gear. If thatdoesn’t get
you out after a few tries, you may need to be towed out.
If you do need to be towed out, see “Towing Your
Vehicle’’ in the Index.
5-37
1
NOTES
5-38
,-/Y
-A-,
Section 6 Service and Appearance Care
Here you will find information about the care
of your
Cadillac. This section begins with service and
fuel
information, and then it shows how
to check important
fluid and lubricant levels. Thereis also technical
a part devoted to its
information about your vehicle, and
appearance care.
Doing Your Own Service Work
If you want to do someof your own service work, you’ll
want to get the proper Cadillac service manual. It tells
you much more about how to service your Cadillac than
this manual can. To order the proper service manual,
see
“Service and Owner Publications” in the Index.
Service
Your vehicle has an air bag system. Before attempting to
do
your own service work,see “Servicing Your Air
Your Cadillac dealer knows your vehicle best and wants
Bag-Equipped Cadillac” in the Index.
you to be happy with it.We hope you’ll go to your
dealer for all your service needs. You’il
get genuine GM
You should keep a record with all parts receipts and
parts and GM-trainedand supported service people.
list the mileage and the date
of any service work you
We hope you’ll want tokeep your GM vehicle all GM.
perform. See “Maintenance Record” in the Maintenance
Genuine GM parts haveone of these marks:
Schedule booklet.
6-1
1
specification could provide improved driveability and
to other
emission control system protection compared
gasolines.
You can be injured and your vehicle could be
damaged if you try to do service work on a
vehicle without knowing enough about it.
Be sure you have sufficient knowledge,
experience, and the proper replacement
parts and tools before you attempt any
vehicle maintenance task.
0 Be sure to use the proper nuts, bolts and
other fasteners.“English’and “metric”
fasteners can be easily confused. If you use
the wrong fasteners, parts can later break
or fall off. You could be hurt.
Fuel
i
~
Use premium unleaded gasoline rated 91
at octane or
higher. At a minimum,it should meet specifications
ASTM D4,814in the UnitedStates and CGSB 3.5-M93
in Canada. Improved gasoline specifications have been
developedbytheAmericanAutomobileManufacturers
Association (AAMA)for.better vehicle performance
and engine protection. Gasolines meeting the
AAMA
6-2
Be sure the posted octane
for premium is at least 91.If
the octane is less than 91, you may get a heavy knocking
noise when you drive.(In an emergency, you may be
able to usea lower octane -- as low as87 -- if heavy
knocking does not occur.)If you’re using 91 or higher
octane unleaded gasoline and you
still hear heavy
knocking, your engine needs service.
2
If your vehicle is certified to meet California Emission
Standards (indicated on the underhood tune-up label),
it is designed to operate on fuels that meet California
specifications. If such fuels are not available
in states
adopting California emissions standards, your vehicle
will operate satisfactorilyon fuels meeting federal
specifications, but emission control system performance
may be affected.The malfunction inbcator lamp on
your instrument panel may
turn on and/or your vehicle
may fail a smog-check test.
If this occurs, returnto your
authorized Cadillac dealerfor diagnosis to determine the
cause of failure. In the eventit is determined that the
cause of the conditionis the type of fuels used, repairs
may not be covered by your warranty.
In Canada, some gasolines contain an octane-enhancing
additive called MMT. If you use such fuels, your
emission control system performance may deteriorate
and the malfunction indicator lamp on your instrument
panel may turn on. If this happens, return to your
authorized Cadillac dealer forservice.
To provide cleaner air, all gasolines are now required to
contain additives that will help prevent deposits from
forming in your engine and fuel system, allowing your
emission control system to function properly. Therefore,
you should not have to add anything to the fuel. In
addition, gasolines containing oxygenates, such as ethers
and ethanol, and reformulated gasolines may be
available in your area to help clean the air. General
Motors recommends that you use these gasolines if they
comply with the specifications described earlier.
NOTICE:
Fuels in Foreign Countries
If you plan on driving in another country outside the
United States or Canada, the proper fuel may be hard to
find. Never use leaded gasoline or any other fuel not
recommended in the previous text on fuel. Costly repairs
caused by use of improper fuel wouldn’t be covered by
your warranty.
To check on fuel availability, ask an auto club, or
contact a major oil company that does business in the
country where you’ll be driving.
You can also write us at the following address for
advice. Just tell us where you’re going and give your
Vehicle Identification Number (VIN).
General Motors Overseas Distribution Corporation
North American Export Sales (NAES)
1908 Colonel Sam Drive
Oshawa, Ontario L1H 8P7
Your vehicle was not designed for fuel that
contains methanol. Don’t use it. It can corrode
metal parts in your fuel system and also damage
plastic and rubber parts. That damage wouldn’t
be covered under your warranty.
6-3
r
-
-Yng Your Tank
Gasoline vapor is highly flammable. It burns
violently, and that can cause very bad injuries.
Don't smoke if you're near gasoline or refueling
your vehicle. Keep sparks, flames and smoking
materials away from gasoline.
The cap is behind a hinged door on the driver'sside of
your vehicle.
6-4
.
The fuel door release is
located on the optional full
console and on the Keyless
Entry transmitter. If your
vehicle is not equipped with
the full console, then you
must use the transmitterto
open the fuel door.
An alternate fuel
door release islocated
inside of the trunk
on the left hand side.
Pull it to release the
fuel door.
Hang the cap inside the fuel door
while refueling.
To take off the cap, turn it slowly to the left
(counterclockwise).
NOTICE:
If you get gasoline on yourself
and then
something ignites it,you could be badlyburned.
Gasoline canspray out on youif you openthe
fuel fillet cap too quickly.This spray can happen
if your tank i s nearly full, and is more likely in
hot weather. Openthe fuel fillercap slowly and
wait for any “hiss” noiseto stop. Then unscrewthe cap all the way.
1
Be careful not to spill gasoline. Clean gasoline from
painted surfacesas soon as possible. See “Cleaning the
Outside of Your Cadillac” in the Index.
If you need a new cap, besure to get the.right
type. Yourdealer can get onefor you. If yau get
the wrong type,it may notfit or have proper
venting, and your fueltank and emissions system
might be damaged.
Checking Things Under the Hood
I A CAUTION:
An,electric fan under the hood canstart up and
injure you even whenthe engine is not running.
When you put the cap backon, turn it to the right until
you hear at least three clicks. Make sure you fully install Keep hands, clothing and tools awayfrom any
underhood electric fan.
the cap.
’
6-6
1
Things that burncan get on hot engine parts and
start a fire. These include liquidslike gasoline,
oil, coolant, brake fluid, windshield washer and
other fluids, and plastic or rubber. You or others
could be burned. Be careful notto drop or mill
things that will burn ontoa hot engine.
Hood Release
I
Pull the lever inside the
vehicle to open the hood.It
is located on the lower left
side of the instrument panel.
Then go to the frontof the vehicle and find the
secondary hood release which is located under the front
edge of the grille. Liftup on the release lever asyou
raise the hood.
When you open the hood, you'll see:
A. Battery
B. Coolant Fill Location
C . Power Steering Fluid
D. Oil Fill Location
E. Engine Oil Dipstick Location
E Brake Master Cylinder
G. Transaxle Dipstick/FiIl
H. Air Cleaner
I. Windshield Wdsher Fluid
Before closing the hood, be sure all filler caps are on properly. Then pull the hood down and close it firmly.
Checking Engine Oil
e Oil
.........
. ..............
.............
.. .. ....................
....................................................
. .. .. ...... ... ... ...........
. .......... ..
Pull out the dipstick and clean it with a paper towel or
cloth, then push it back in all the way. Remove it again,
keeping the tip down, and check the level.
A CHECK OIL LEVEL message will appear when the
engine oilis approximately a quart low. If the message is
displayed, check thedipstick level and add oil as needed.
It’s a good idea to check your engine oilevery time you
get fuel. In order toget an accurate reading, the oilmust
be warm and the vehicle must be on level ground.
The engineoil dipstick is
located behind the radiator
on the driver’s side of the
engine. The black handle
says ENGINE OIL on it.
Turn off the engine and give
the oil a few minutes to
drain back into the oil pan.
If you don’t, the oil dipstick
might not show the actual
level.
11 the oil
is at or below the ADD line, then you’ll need
to add some oil. But you must use the right kind, This
part explains what kind of oil to use. For crankcase
capacity, see “Capacities and Specifications’’ in the
Index.
6-9
What’Kindof Oil to Use
~
NOTICE:
~
Don’t add too much
oil: If your engine hasso
much oil that the oil level gets above the upper
mark that shows the proper operating range,
your engine could be damaged.
I
The oil fill cap is located
behind the radiator on the
passenger’s sideof the
engine. Turn the cap
counterclockwise to
remove.
Oils recommendedfor your vehicle canbe identified by
looking for the “Starburst” symbol. This symbol
indicates that theoil has been certifiedby the American
Petroleum Institute (API). Do not use any oil which
does not carry this Starburst symbol.
’
-
If you change your own
oil,
be sure you use oil that has
the Starburst symbolon the
front of the oil container. If
you have your oil changed
for you, be sure theoil put
into your engine is
American Petroleum
Institute certified for
gasoline engines.
You should also use the proper viscosityoil for your
vehicle, as shown in the following’chart:
’
Just fill it enough to put’the level somewhere in the
proper operating range. Pushthe dipstick all the way
back ip when you’re through.
6-10
RECOMMENDED SAE VISCOSITY 6RADE ENGINE OILS
FOR BEST FUEL ECONOMY AND COLD STARTING, SELECT THE LOWEST
SAL VISCOSITY GRADE OIL FOR THE EXPECTED TEMPERATURE RANGE.
LOOK
FOR THIS
HOT
WEATHER
OC‘
+ l o o - - +38
I
+40--+4
+20---7
0---18
O
Use only engine oil with the American
Petroleum Institute Certified For Gasoline
Engines “Starburst” symbol. Failure
to use the
recommended oil can result in engine damage
not covered by your warranty.
+ao- - +27
+60--+16
to be colder than 60°F ( 16 C ) before your next oil
change. When it’s very cold, you should use SAE
5W-30. These numbers on an oil container show its
viscosity, or thickness. Do not use other viscosity oils,
such as SAE 2OW-50.
I NOTICE:
’OF
As shown in the chart, SAE 1OW-30 is best for your
vehicle. However, you can use SAE 5W-30 if it’s going
---
m
PREFERRED
above 0°F
(-18%)
SA€ 5w-30
GM Goodwrench@oil meets all the requirements for
your vehicle.
Engine Oil Additives
COLD
WEATHER
1
Don’t add anything to your oil. Your Cadillac dealer is
ready to advise if you think something should be added.
DO NOT USE SAE 2OW-50 OR ANY
OTHER GRADE OIL NOT RECOMMENDED
6-11
When to Change Engine Oil
Your Cadillac has an Oil Life Indicator. This feature
will let you know when to change your oil and
filter -- usually between 3,000 miles ( 5 000 km) and
7,500 miles (12 500 km) since your last oil change.
Under severe conditions,the indicator may come on
before 3,000 miles ( 5 000 km). Never drive your vehicle
more than 7,500 miles (12 500 km) or 12 months,
(whichever occurs first) without an oil change.
The system won’t detect dust in the oil. So, if you
drive in a dusty area, be sure to changeyour oil every
3,000 miles ( 5 000 km) or sooner if the CHANGE
ENGINE OILmessage comes on. Remember to reset
the Oil Life Indicator when the oil has been changed.
For more information, see“Oil Life Indicator” in
the Index.
How to Reset the Oil Life Indicator
After the oil has been changed, display the OIL LIFE
LEFT message by pressing the 1NFORMATION button.
Then press and hold the RESET button until the display
shows “100.” This resets the oil life index. The message
will remain off until the next oil change is needed. The
percentage of oil life remaining may be checked at any
6-12
time by pressing the INFORMATION button several
times until the OIL LIFE LEFT messageappears. For
more information on the Oil Life feature, see“Oil Life
Indicator” in the Index.
What to Do with Used Oil
Did you know that used engine oil contains certain
elements that may be unhealthy for your skin and could
even cause cancer? Don’t let used oil stay on your skin
for very long. Clean your skin and nails with soap and
water, or a good hand cleaner. Wash or properly throw
away clothing or rags containing used engine oil. (See
the manufacturer’s warnings about the use and disposal
of oil products.)
Used oil can be a real threat to the environment. If you
change your own oil, be sure to drain all free-flowing oil
from the filter before disposal. Don’t ever disposeof oil
by putting it in the trash, pouring it on the ground, into
sewers, or into streams or bodies of water. Instead,
recycle it by taking it to a place that collects used oil. If
you have a problem properly disposing of your used oil,
ask your dealer, a servicestation or a local recycling
center forhelp.
Air Cleaner
1. Disconnect the Intake
Air Temperature (IAT)
sensor fromthe base of
the air cleaner.
I
The air filteris located next to the windshield washer
fluid reservoir on the driver’s sideof the engine. Be sure
the engine has cooled before following these steps to
replace the air filter:
2. With a screwdriver,
loosen the air duct
clamp, which is located
at the mass airflow
sensor endof the air
duct.
3. Disconnect the air duct from the mass airflow sensor.
6-13
4. Unhook both air cleaner cover latches. One latch is
located near the radiator hose (not shown) and the
other latch is located next to the IAT sensor.
5 . Pivot the air cleaner and air duct assembly towards
the front of the vehicle. Remove the cover.
6-14
6. Take out the air filter and remove any loose debris
that may be found laying in the air cleaner base.
7. Install a new air filter element. See “Normal
Maintenance Replacement Parts” i n the Index.
Follow these steps to reinstall the air cleaner assembly:
1. Slide the air cleaner lid into the slots in the front
edge of the aircleaner base.
2. Pivot the air cleaner Cover and the air duct assembly
downward. Make sure that both latches are secure
and fully engaged.
3. Reinstall the clean air ductover the mass airflow
sensor. Make sure that the duct is secure around the
entire outer edge of the sensor.
4. Tighten the air duct clamp.
Operating theengine with the air cleaneroff can
cause you or others tobe burned. The air cleaner
not only cleans the air, it stopsflames if the
engine backfires. If it isn’t there, and theengine
backfires, you could be burned. Don’t drive with
it off, and be careful working on the engine with
the air cleaneroff.
5 . Reconnect the IAT sensor.
Refer to the Maintenance Schedule todetermine when to
replace the air filter.
See “Scheduled Maintenance Services” in the
Maintenance Schedule booklet.
I NOTICE:
If the air cleaneris off, a backfire can causea
damaging enginefire. And, dirt caneasily get
into yourengine, which will damage it. Always
have the air cleanerin place when you’re driving.
6-15
Automatic Transaxle Fluid
How to Check
When to Check and Change
Because this operation can bea little difficult, you may
choose to have this done at your Cadillac dealership
service department.
A good time to check your automatic transaxle fluid
level is when the engine oil is changed.
Change both the fluid and filter every 50,000 miles
(83 000 km)if the vehicle is mainly driven under one or
more of these conditions:
0
In heavy city traffic where the outside temperature
regularly reaches 90°F (32°C) or higher.
0
In hilly or mountainous terrain.
0
When doing frequent trailer towing.
If you do it yourself, be sure to follow all the instructions
here, or you could get a falsereading on the dipstick.
NOTICE:
Too much or too little fluid can damage your
transaxle. Too much can mean that some of the
fluid could come out and fall on hot engine parts
or exhaust system parts, starting a fire. Be sure to
get an accurate reading if you check your
transaxle fluid.
Uses such as found in taxi, police or delivery service.
If you do not use your vehicle under any of these
conditions, the fluid and filter do not require changing.
See “ScheduledMaintenance Services” in the
Maintenance Schedule booklet.
6-16
Wait at least 30 minutes before checking the transaxle
fluid level if you have been driving:
0
When outside temperatures are above 90°F (32°C).
0
At high speed for quite a while.
0
In heavy traffic -- especially in hot weather.
0
While pulling a trailer.
To get the right reading, the fluid should be at normal
operating temperature, which is 180"F to 200"F
(82°C to 93°C).
Get the vehicle warmed up by driving about 15 miles
(24 km)when outside temperatures are above 50°F
(10°C). If it's colder than 50°F (lO"C), you may have
to drivelonger.
Chec
1 the Fluid Le7
Park your vehicle on a level place. Keep the engine
running.
With the parking brake applied, place the shift lever
in PARK (P).
With your foot onthe brake pedal, move the shift
lever through each gear range, pausing for about
three seconds in each range. Then, position the shift
lever in PARK (P).
Let the enginerun at idle for three to five minutes.
Then, without shuttingoff the engine, follow these steps:
1. The black transaxle fluid cap is located next to the
radiator hose and below the air cleaner assembly on
the driver's side of the engine. Remove the air
cleaner assembly so you can reach the transaxle fluid
cap. The assembly is attached to the vehicle by two
fasteners. Simply lift up on the air cleaner assembly
to remove it. Find the transaxle fluid cap and turn it
counterclockwise to remove. Pull out the dipstick
and wipe it with a clean rag or paper towel.
2. Push it back in all the way, wait three seconds and
then pull it back out again.
Don’t overfiill. We recommend you use only fluid
labeled DEXRON@-111, because fluid with
that-label
is made especially for your automatic transaxle.
is
Damage caused by fluid other than DEXRON-I11
not covered by your new vehicle warranty.
I
3. Check both sidesof the dipstick, and read the lower
0
as
After adding fluid, recheck the fluid level
described under “How to Check.”
0
When the correct fluid levelis obtained, push the
dipstick back in all the way.
level. The fluid level mustbe in’thecross-hatched area.
If the fluid level is
in the acceptable range, push the
dipstick backin all the way.
How to Reset TransaxleFluid
Change Indicator:
5 . Replace the air cleaner assembly.
1
Your vehicle is equipped with a transaxle fluid change
indicator. A CHANGE TRANS FLUID message will
How to Add Fluid
display on the Driver Information Center (DIC) ‘when
the powertrain computer determines that the transaxle
Refer to the Maintenance Schedule to determine what
this message appears,
kind of transaxle fluid to use. See “Recommended Fluids fluid needs to be changed. When
change
the
transaxle
fluid
and
reset the transaxle fluid
and Lubricants”ii.1 the Maintenance Schedule booklet.
life indicator as follows:
If the fluid levelis low, addonly,enoughof the proper
1. Turn the ignition on with the engine stopped.
fluid to bring the level into the cross-hatched area
on
the dipstick.
2. Press and hold theOW and rear defog buttons on the
climate control atthe same time until the
TRANS
1. Pull out the dipstick.
FLUID RESET message appears on the DIC.
2. Using along-neck funnel, add enough fluid at the
See your Maintenance Schedule booklet
for
dipstick hole to bring
it to the proper level. It doesn’t
more information.
take,much fluid, generally less than a pint
(0.5‘L).
-
Engine Coolant
The cooling system in your vehicle is filled with new
DEX-COOL TM (orange-colored, silicate-free) engine
coolant. This coolant is designed to remain in your
vehicle for 5 years or 100,000 miles (166 000 km),
whichever occurs first.
The following explains your cooling system and how
to add coolant when it is low. If you have a problem
with engine overheating, see “Engine Overheating”
in the Index.
A 50/50 mixture of water and the proper coolant for
your Cadillac will:
NOTICE:
When adding coolantit is important that you use
DEX-COOL (orange-colored, silicate-free)
coolant meeting GM Specification 6277M.
If silicated coolant is added to the system,
premature engine, heater core or radiator
corrosion may result. In addition, the engine
coolant will require change sooner at
30,000 miles (50 000 km) or 24 months,
whichever occurs first.
--
Give freezing protection down to -34°F (-37°C).
Give boiling protection up to 265°F (129°C).
Protect against rust and corrosion.
Help keep the proper engine temperature.
Let the warning lights and gages work as they
should.
What to Use
Use a mixture of one-half clean water (preferably
distilled) and one-half DEX-COOL (orange-colored,
silicate-free) antifreeze that meets GM Specification
6277M, which won’t damage aluminum parts. Use
GM Engine Coolant Supplement (sealer) (GM Part
No. 3634621) with any complete coolant change. If you
use this mixture, you don’t need to add anything else.
A special procedure is required for adding sealer; see the
Cadillac service manual. (To order a service manual, see
“Service and Owner Publications” in the Index.)
6-19
NOTICE:
Adding only plain water to your
cooling system
can be dangerous. Plain water, or some other
liquid like alcohol, canboil before the proper
coolant mix will. Your vehicle’s coolant warning
system is set for the proper coolantmix. With
plain water or the wrong
mix, your enginecould
get too hot butyou wouldn’t get the overheat
warning. Your engine could catch fire andyou or
others could be burned. Use a 50/50 mix of clean
water and DEX-COOL (orange-colored,
silicate-free) antifreeze.
If you use an improper coolantmix, your engine
could overheat andbe badly damaged. The
repair cost wouldn’t be covered by your
warranty. Too much water in themix can freeze
and crack theengine, radiator, heater core and
other parts.
If you have to add coolant more than four times a year,
have your dealer check your cooling system.
NOTICE:
If you use the proper coolant,you don’t have to
add extra inhibitors or additives
which claim to
improve the system. These can be harmful.
6-20
Checking Coolant
I
A CAUTION:
I
lhrning the surge tank pressure cap when the
engine and radiator are hot can allow steam and
scalding liquidsto blow out and burn you badly.
Never turn the surge tank pressure cap even a
little when the engine and radiator are hot.
--
--
When your engine is cold, the coolant level should be at
2.5 inches (60 mm) below
the full cold mark, which is
the base of the fill neck. Use a flashlightas necessary to
see into the tank..
The surge tank is located next
to the engine blockon the
passenger’s sideof the engine.
The cooling system when hot is under
a lot of pressure.
If the CHECK COOLANT LEVEL message appears on
the DIC, you will need to add coolant.
6-21
Adding Coolant
If you need more coolant, add the proper mix at the
surge tank, but only when the engine is cool.
I
You can be burnedif you spill coolant on hot
engine parts. Coolant contains ethylene
glycol,
and itwill burn if the engine parts are hot
enough. Don’t spill coolant ona hot engine.
~
~~
When replacing the pressure cap, make sure it is tight.
6-22
Surge Tank Pressure Cap
1 NOTICE:
The surge tank cap
is a 15 psi (105 kPaj
pressure-type cap and must be tightly installed to
prevent coolant loss and possible engine damage
from overheating.Be sure the arrowson the cap
line up.
If the surge tank pressure cap needs to be replaced, a
General Motors cap is recommended.
Thermostat
When to Check Power Steering Fluid
Engine coolant temperature is controlled by a thermostat
in the engine coolant system. The thermostat stops the
flow of coolant through the radiator until the coolant
reaches a preset temperature.
It is not necessary to regularly check power steering
fluid unless you suspect there is a leak in the system or
you hear an unusual noise. A fluid loss in this system
could indicate a problem. Have the system inspected and
repaired.
If your thermostat needs to be replaced, a General
Motors thermostat is recommended.
Power Steering Fluid
The power steering fluid
reservoir is located next to
the coolant surge tank on
the passenger’s side of the
engine.
How To Check Power Steering Fluid
When the engine compartment is cool, unscrew the cap
and wipe the dipstick with a clean rag. Replace the cap
and completely tighten it. Then remove the cap again
and look at thefluid level on the dipstick.
The level should be at the FULL COLD mark. If
necessary, add only enough fluid to bring the level up
to the mark.
What to Use
Refer to the Maintenance Schedule to determine what
kind of fluid to use. See “Recommended Fluids and
Lubricants” in the Maintenance Schedule booklet.
Always use the proper fluid. Failure to use the proper
fluid can cause leaks and damage hoses and seals.
6-23
Windshield Washer Fluid
What to Use
When you need windshield washer fluid, be sure to read
the manufact.urer’s instructions before use. If you will be
operating your vehicle in an area where the temperature
may fall below freezing, use a fluid that has sufficient
protection against freezing.
idding Washer Fluid
6-24
The windshield washer tluid reservoir is located next to
the air filter on the driver’s side of the engine.
Open the cap labeled WASHER FLUID ONLY. Add
washer fluid until the tank is full.
NOTICE:
a When using concentrated washer fluid,
follow the manufacturer’s instructionsfor
adding water.
a Don’t mix water with ready-to-use washer
freeze
fluid. Water can cause the solution to
and damage your washer fluid tank and
other parts of the washer system. Also,
water doesn’t clean as well as washer fluid.
Fill your washer fluid tankonly 3/4 full
when it’s very cold. This allows for
expansion, which could damage the tankif
it is completely full.
a Don’t use radiator antifreeze in your
windshield washer. It can damage your
washer system and paint.
Brakes
Brake Fluid
leaking out of the brake system. If it is, you should
have your brake system fixed, since aleak means that
sooner or later your brakes won’t work well, or won’t
work at all.
So, it isn’t a good idea to “top
off’ your brake fluid.
Adding brake fluid won’t correct a leak.If you add fluid
when your linings areworn, then you’ll have too much
fluid when you get new brake linings. You should add
(or remove) brake fluid, as necessary, only when work is
done on the brake hydraulic system.
I
Your brake master cylinder reservoir is here. It is filled
with DOT-3 brake fluid.
There areonly two reasons why the brake fluid level in
the reservoir might go down. The first is that the brake
fluid goes down to an acceptablelevel during normal
brake lining wear. When new linings are put in, the fluid
level goes back up. The other reasonis that fluid is
If you have too much brake fluid, it can spill on
the engine. Thefluid will burn if the engine is
hot enough. You or others could be burned,
and your vehicle could be damaged. Add brake
fluid only when work is done on the brake
hydraulic system.
When your brake fluid falls to alow level, your brake
warning light will come on. See “Brake System Warning
Light” in the Index.
6-25
What to Add
When you do need brake fluid, use
only DOT-3 brake
fluid -- such.as Delco Supreme 11 (GM Part
No. 1052535). Use new brake fluid
from a sealed
container only, and always clean the brake fluid
it.
reservoir cap before removing
NOTICE:
@
With the wrong kind of fluid in yourbrake
system, yourbrakes may not work well,or they
may not even work at all. This could causea
crash. Always use the proper brake fluid,.
0
Using the wrong fluid can badly damage
brake system parts. For (example,just a few
drops of mineral-based oil, suchas engine
oil, in yourbrake system can damage brake
system parts so badly that they’ll have to be
replaced. Don’t let someone
put in the
wrong kind of fluid.
If you spill brake fluid on your vehicle’s.
painted surfaces,the paint finish can be
damaged. Be careful not to spill brake fluid
on your vehicle.If you do, wash it off
immediately. See“Appearance Care” in F.
. .
the Index.
.,
7
6-26
.
,
,
.
. .
Brake Wear
Your Cadillac has four-wheel disc brakes.
Disc brake pads have built-in wear indicators that make
a high-pitched warning sound when the brake pads are
worn and new padsare needed. The sound may come and
go or be heard all the time your vehicleis moving (except
when you are pushing on the brake pedal firmly).
Some driving conditions or climates may cause a brake
squeal when the brakes are first applied or lightly
applied. This does not mean something is wrong with
your brakes.
Free movement of brake calipers and properly torqued
wheel nuts are necessary to help prevent brake
pulsation. When tires are rotated, inspect brake calipers
for movement, brake pads for wear, and evenly torque
wheel nuts in the proper sequence to GM specifications.
Brake linings should always be replaced as complete
axle sets.
The brake wear warning sound means that
sooner or later your brakes won’t work well.
That could lead to an accident. When you hear
the brake wear warning sound, have your
vehicle serviced.
Brake Pedal Travel
See your dealer if the brake pedal does not return to
normal height, or if there is a rapid increase in pedal
travel. This could be a sign of brake trouble.
Brake Adjustment
Every time you apply the brakes, with or without the
vehicle moving, your brakes adjust for wear.
NOTICE:
~~~~~
Continuing to drive withworn-out brake pads
could resultin costly brake repair.
Replacing Brake System Parts
Vehicle Storage
The braking system on a modem vehicle is complex. Its
many parts have to be of top quality and work well
together if the vehicle is to have really good braking.
Vehicles we design and test have top-quality GM brake
parts in them, as your Cadillac does when it is new.
When you replace parts of your braking system -- for
example, when your brake linings wear down and you
have to have new ones put in -- be sure you get new
genuine GM replacement parts. If you don’t, your
brakes may no longer work properly. For example, if
someone puts in brake linings that are wrong for your
vehicle, the balance between your front and rear brakes
can change -- for the worse. The braking performance
you’ve come to expect can change in many other ways if
someone puts in the wrong replacement brake parts.
If you’re not going to drive your vehicle for 25 days
or more, take off the black, negative (-) cable from
the battery. This will help keep your battery from
running down.
Battery
Every new Cadillac has a Delco Freedom@battery. You
never have to add water to one of these. When it’s time
for a new battery, we recommend a Delco Freedom@
battery. Get one that has the replacement number shown
on the original battery’s label.
6-28
I
Batteries have acid that can burn you and gas
that can explode.You can be badly hurtif you
aren’t careful. See “Jump Starting” in the Index
for tips on working arounda battery without
getting hurt.
Contact your dealer to learn how to prepare your vehicle
for longer storage periods.
Also, for your audio system, see“Theft-Deterrent
Feature” in the Index.
Bulb Replacement
Headlamps
For any bulb changing procedure not listed in this
section, contact your Cadillac dealer service department.
Halogen Bulbs
A CAUTION:
Halogen bulbs have pressurizedgas inside and
can burst if you drop
or scratch the bulb. You or
others could be injured. Be sureto read and
follow the instructions on the bulb package.
1. Remove the cover by turning the lock tabs in the
direction of the arrows as shown on the cover.
6-29
I
2. Turn the headlamp housing socket counterclockwise
to unlock the socket from the lamp housing.
6-30 .
3. Remove the headlamp housing socket.
Cor1 ring amps
1. Open the hood to gain access to the mounting screw.
I
2. Remove the screw
securing the cornering
lamp housing.
4. After removing the wiring harness from the
headlamp housing socket, replacethe bulb and
socket. Reconnectit to thewiring harness and
reinstall the headlamp housing socket back into the
headlamp assembly.
-31
T
3. Gently pull out the cornering lamp assembly.
4. Remove the socket by rotating
it counterclockwise
slightly, then replace the bulb
and reinstall.
6-32
I'
Center High-Mounted S plamp
3. Replace the bulb.
1. Lift the trim coverto remove.
Reverse the steps to reassemble the stoplamp assembly.
2. Twist the socket counterclockwise and remove the
socket and bulb from the housing.
6-33
I
Taillamp
1. Open the trunk to gain access to the taillamp
housing.
2. Remove the convenience net and pull the trim away
to access the wing nuts.
5. Press the bulb housing lever and rotate the housing
counterclockwise to remove it. To remove the bulb,
push and rotate it counterclockwise.
Once you have replaced the burned out bulb, reverse the
steps to reassemble the taillamp.
3. Remove the two wing nuts.
4. Gently remove the taillamp housing.
6-34
Wiper Blade Replacement
It’s a good idea to clean or replace the wiper blade
assembly on a regular basis or when worn. For proper
windshield wiper blade length and type, see “Normal
Maintenance Replacement Parts” later in this section.
To replace the wiper blade assembly:
1. Turn the ignition key to ACCESSORY and turn the
wipers on. Position the wipers on the windshield in
the “mid” wipe position. Then with the door open,
turn the key to OFF.
2. Insert a screwdriver into the slot as shown and press
down to release the wiper blade assembly.
3. Align the wiper arm pin with the hole on the wiper
blade assembly and snap it into place to install.
6-35
1
We don’t make tires. Your new Cadillac comeswith
high-quality tires made by a leading tire manufacturer.
If you ever have questions about your tire warranty and
where to obtain service,see your CadillacWarranty
booklet for details.
A CAUTION:
Poorly maintained and improperly
used tires are
dangerous.
0 Overloading your tires can cause
overheating as a result of too much friction.
You could have an air-out anda serious
accident. See “Loading Your Vehicle” in
the Index.
CAUTION: (Continued)
Underinflated tires pose the same danger as
overloaded tires. The resulting accident
could causeserious injury. Check all tires
frequently to maintain the recommended
pressure. Tire pressure shouldbe checked
when your tires arecold.
0 Overinflated tiresare more likely to be
cut, punctured or broken
by a sudden
impact such as when you hit a pothole.
Keep tiresat the recommendedpressure.
Worn, old tires can causeaccidents. If your
tread is badly worn, or if your tireshave
been damaged, replace them.
See “Inflation Tire Pressure”in this section
for inflation pressure adjustment for higher
speed driving.
0
--
--
Inflation
-- Tire Pressure
The Tire-Loading Information label which is located
on
the rear edge of the driver’s door, shows the correct
inflation pressuresfor your tires when they’re cold.
“Cold” means your vehicle has been sitting
for at least
three hours or driven no more than
a mile.
If you’ll be driving at speeds higher than
100 mph
(160 km/h) where it is legal, raise the cold inflation
pressure of each tireto 35 psi (240 Wa). When you end
this very high-speed driving, reducethe cold inflation
pressures to those listed on the Tire-Loading
Information label.
NOTICE:
Don’t let anyone tell you that underinflation or
overinflation is all right. It’s not. If your tires
don’t have enoughair (underinflation), you can
get the following:
Too much flexing
Too much heat
Tire overloading
Bad wear
Bad handling
Bad fuel economy.
If your tires have too much
air (overinflation),
you can get the following:
Unusualwear
Bad handling
Rough ride
Needless damage from road hazards.
6-37
I
When to Check
Check your tires once amonth or more.
Don’t forget your compact sparetire. It should be at
60 psi (420 Wa).
How to Check
Use a good quality pocket-type gage tocheck tire
pressure. You can’t tell if your tires are properly inflated
simply by looking at them. Radial tires may look
properly inflated even when they’re underinflated.
Be sure to put the valve caps back on the valve stems.
They help prevent le:.& by keeping out dirt and
moisture.
Tire Inspection and Rotation
Tires should be inspected every 6,000 to 8,000 miles
(10 000 to 13 000 km)for any signs of unusual wear.
If unusual wear is present, rotate your tires as soon as
possible and check wheel alignment. Also check for
damaged tires or wheels. See “When It’s Time for New
Tires” and “Wheel Replacement” laterin this section for
more information.
6-38
The purpose of regular rotation is to achieve more
uniform wear for all tires on the vehicle. The first
rotation is the most important. See “Scheduled
Maintenance Services” in the Maintenance Schedule
booklet for scheduled rotation intervals.
When rotating your tires, always use the correct rotation
pattern shown here.
Don’t include the compact spare tire in your tire rotation.
After the tires have been rotated, adjust the front and
rear inflation pressures as shown on the Tire-Loading
Information label. Make certain that all wheel nuts
are properly tightened. See ”Wheel Nut Torque” in
the Index.
When It’s Time for New Tires
I A CAUTION:
I
Rust or dirton a wheel, or on the parts to
which
it is fastened, can makewheel nuts become loose
after a time. The wheel could come off and cause
an accident. Whenyou change a wheel, remove
any rust or dirt from
places where thewheel
attaches to thevehicle. In anemergency, you can
use a cloth or a paper towel to do this; but be
sure touse a scraper orwire brush later,
if you
need to, to get all the rust or dirt
off. (See
“Changing a Flat Tire”in the Index.)
,
One way to tell when it’s
time for new tires is to
check the treadwear
indicators, whichwill
appear whenb’,yourtires have
only 1/16 inch (1.6 mm) or
less of tread remaining.
You need a new tire
if any of the following statements
are true:
You can see the indicators at three or more places
around the tire.
You can see cord or fabric showing through the tire’s
rubber.
The tread or sidewall is cracked, cut or snagged deep
enough to show cord or fabric.
The tire has a bump, bulge or split.
The tire has a puncture, cut or other damage that
can’t be repaired well because
of the size or location
of the damage.
6-39
To find out what kind and size of tires you need, look at
the Tire-Loading Information label.
The tires installed on your vehicle when it was new had
a TirePerformance Criteria Specification (TPC Spec)
number on each tire’s sidewall. When you get new tires,
get ones with that same TPC Spec number. That way
your vehicle will continue to have tires that are designed
to give proper endurance, handling, speed rating,
traction, ride and other things during normal service on
your vehicle. If your tires have an all-season tread
design, the TPC number will be followed by an “MS”
(for mud and snow).
If you ever replace your tires with those not having a
TPC Spec number, make sure they are the same size,
load range, speed rating and construction type (bias,
bias-belted or radial) as your original tires.
Mixing tires could causeyou to lose control while
driving. If you mix tires of different sizes or types
(radial and bias-beltedtires), the vehicle may not
handle properly, andyou could have a crash.
Using tires of different sizes may also cause
damage to yourvehicle. Be sure to use the same
size and type tires on all four
wheels.
It’s all right to drivewith your compact spare,
though. It was developed for use on your vehicle.
Uniform Tire Quality Grading
Treadwear
The following information relates tothe system
developed by the United States National Highway
Traffic Safety Administration, which grades tiresby
treadwear, traction and temperature performance. (This
applies only to vehicles sold in the United States.)
The
of most passenger
grades are molded on the sidewalls
car tires. The Uniform Tire Quality Grading system does
not apply todeep tread, winter-type snow tires,
space-saver or temporary use spare tires, tires with
nominal rim diameters of 10 to 12 inches (25 to30 cm),
or to some limited-production tires.
The treadwear grade is a comparative rating based on
the wear rateof the tire when tested under controlled
conditions on a specified government test course. For
example, a tire graded 150 would wear one and a half
(1 1/2) timesas well on the government course as a tire
graded 100. The relative performance of tires depends
upon the actual conditionsof their use, however, and
may depart significantlyfi-om the norm due to variations
in driving habits, service practices and differences in
road characteristics and climate.
While the tires available on General Motors passenger
cars and light trucks may vary with respect to these
grades, they must also conformto Federal safety
requirements and additional General Motors Tire
Performance Criteria (TPC) standards.
Traction
-- A, B, C
The traction grades, from highest to lowest, are
A, B
and C, and they represent the tire’s ability to stop on
wet pavement as measured under controlled conditions
on specified government test surfaces
of asphalt
and concrete. A tire marked C may have poor
traction performance.
Warning: The traction grade assigned to this tire
is based
on braking (straightahead) traction tests and does not
include cornering (turning) traction.
6-41
pttraturt:
-
The temperature grades are A (the highest), B and C,
representing the tire's resistance to the generation of
heat and its ability to dissipate heat when t.ested under
controlled conditions on a specified indoor laboratory
test wheel. Sustained high temperature can cause the
material of the tire to degenerate and reduce tire life, and
excessive temperature can lead to sudden tire failure.
The grade C corresponds to a level of performance
which all passenger car tires must meet under the
Federal Motor Vehicle Safety Standard No. 109. Grades
A and B represent higher levels of perfolmance on the
laboratory test wheel than the minimum required by law.
Warning: The temperature grade for this tire is
established for a tire that is properly inflated and not
overloaded. Excessive speed,underinflation, or
excessive loading, either separately or in combination,
can cause heat buildup and possible tire failure.
I'ire Bala.-The wheels on your vehicle were aligned and balanced
carefully at the factory to give you the longest tire life
and best overall performance.
In most cases, you will not need to have your wheels
aligned again. However, if you notice unusual tire wear
or your vehicle pulling one way or the other, the
alignment may need to be reset. If you notice your
vehicle vibrating when driving on a smooth road, your
wheels may need to be rebalanced.
11 c
Replace any wheel that is bent, cracked, or badly rusted
or corroded. If wheel nuts keep coming loose, the wheel,
wheel bolts and wheel nuts should be replaced. If the
wheel leaks air, replace it (except some aluminum
wheels, which can sometimes be repaired). See your
Cadillac dealer if any of these conditions exist.
Your dealer will know the kind of wheel you need.
Each new wheel should have the same load carrying
capacity, diameter, width, offset and be mounted the
same way as the one it replaces.
If you need to replace any of your wheels, wheel bolts
or wheel nuts, replace them only with new GM original
equipment parts. This way, you will be sure to have the
right wheel, wheel bolts and wheel nuts for your
Cadillac model.
-
Used Replacement Wheels
Using the wrong replacementwheels, wheel bolts
or wheel nuts on your vehicle can be dangerous.
It could affect the braking and handling
of your
vehicle, make your tireslose air and makeyou
lose control. You could have a collision in which
you or otherscould be injured. Always use the
correct wheel, wheel bolts and wheel nuts for
replacement.
CAUTION:
Putting a used wheel on your vehicle is
dangerous. You can’t know how it’s been used
or how many miles it’s been driven. It could fail
suddenly and cause an accident. If you have to
replace a wheel, use a new GM original
equipment wheel.
NOTICE:
The wrong wheel can also cause problems with
bearing life, brake cooling, speedometer/odometer
calibration, headlamp aim, bumper
height, vehicle
ground clearance and tire or tire chain clearance to
the body and chassis.
See “Changing a Flat Tire” in the Index for more
information.
6-43
Tire Chains
NOTICE:
Use tire chainsonly where legal and only when
you must. Use only SAE Class “S” type chains
that are the proper
size for your tires. Install
them on the front tires and tighten them
as
tightly as possible with the ends securely
fastened. Driveslowly and follow the chain
manufacturer’s instructions. If you can hear the
chains contacting yourvehicle, stop and retighten
them. If the contact continues,slow down until it
stops. Driving too fastor spinning thewheels
with chains onwill damage yourvehicle.
Appearance Care
Remember, cleaning products can be hazardous. Some
are toxic. Others can burst into flames if you strike a
match or get them on a hot part of the vehicle. Some are
dangerous if you breathe their fumes in a closed space.
When you use anything from a container to clean your
Cadillac, be sure to follow the manufxturer’s warnings
and instructions. And always open your doors or
windows when you’re cleaning the inside.
Never use these to clean your vehicle:
Gasoline
0
Benzene
Naphtha
0
Carbon Tetrachloride
0
Acetone
Paint Thinner
Turpentine
Lacquer Thinner
0
Nail Polish Remover
They can all be hazardous -- some more than
others -- and they can all damage your vehicle too.
Don’t use any of these unless this manual says you can.
In many uses, these will damage your vehicle:
Alcohol
0
Laundry Soap
0
Bleach
Reducing Agents
6-44
Cleaning the Inside of Your Cadillac
Using Foam-Type Cleaner on Fabric
Use a vacuum cleaner often to get rid of dust and loose
dirt. Wipe vinyl or leather with a clean, damp cloth.
0
Vacuum and brush the area to remove any loose dirt.
0
Always clean a whole trim panel or section. Mask
surrounding trim along stitch or welt lines.
0
Mix Multi-Purpose Powdered Cleaner following the
directions on the container label.
0
Use suds only and apply with a clean sponge.
0
Don’t saturate the material.
0
Don’t rub it roughly.
0
As soon as you’ve cleaned the section, use a sponge
to remove the suds.
0
Rinse the section with a clean, wet sponge.
Your Cadillac dealer has two GM cleaners, a
solvent-type spot lifter and a foam-type powdered
cleaner. They will clean normal spots and stains very
well. Do not use them on vinyl or leather.
Here are some cleaning tips:
0
Always read the instructions on the cleaner label.
0
Clean up stains as soon as you can -- before they set.
0
Use a clean cloth or sponge, and change to a clean
area often. A soft brush may be usedif stains are
stubborn.
0
Use solvent-type cleaners in a well-ventilated area
only. If you use them, don’t saturate the stained area.
0
Wipe off what’s left with a slightly damp paper towel
or cloth.
0
If a ring forms after spot cleaning, clean the entire
area immediately or it will set.
0
Then dry it immediately with a blow dryer.
0
Wipe with a clean cloth.
6-45
1
Using Solvent-Type Cleaner on Fabric
0
First, see if you have to use solvent-type cleaner at all.
Some spotsand stains will clean off better with just
water and mild soap.
If you need to use a solvent:
0
0
Gently scrape excess soil from the trim material with
a clean, dull knife or scraper. Use very little cleaner,
light pressure and clean cloths (preferably
cheesecloth). Cleaning should start at the outside of
the stain, “feathering”toward the center. Keep
changing to a clean section of the cloth.
When you clean a stain from fabric, immediately
dry the area with a blow dryer to help prevent a
cleaning ring.
Non-Greasy Stains
Stains caused by catsup, coffee (black), egg, fruit, fruit
juice, milk,soft drinks, wine, vomit, urine and blood can
be removed as follows:
0
Carefully scrape off excess stain,the.n sponge the
soiled area with cool water.
0
If a stain remains, follow the foam-type instructions
described earlier.
0
If an odor lingers after cleaning vomit or urine,
treat the area with a water/baking soda solution:
1 teaspoon ( 5 ml) of baking soda to 1 cup (250 ml)
of lukewarm water.
0
If needed, clean lightly with solvent-type cleaner.
Special Cleaning Problems
Greasy or Oily Stains
Stains caused by grease, oil,butter, margarine, shoe
polish, coffee with cream, chewinggum, cosmetic
creams, vegetable oils, wax crayon, tar and asphalt can
be removed as follows:
Carefully scrape off excess stain.
Combination Stains
Stains caused by candy, ice cream, mayonnaise, chili
sauce and unknown stains can be removed as follows:
0
Carefully scrape off excess stain, then clean with
cool water and allow to dry.
0
If a stain remains, clean it with solvent-type cleaner.
a Follow the solvent-type instructions described earlier.
6-46
Shoe polish, wax crayon, tar and asphalt will stain if
left on a vehicle’s seat fabric. They should be removed
as soon as possible. Be careful, because the cleaner
will dissolve them and may cause them to spread.
Cleaning Vinyl
Cleaning Wood Panels
Use warm water and a clean cloth.
Use a clean cloth moistened in warm, soapy water (use
mild dish washing soap). Dry the wood immediately
with a clean cloth.
0
Rub with a clean, damp cloth to remove dirt. You
may have to do it more than once.
Things like tar, asphalt and shoe polish will stain if
you don’t get them off quickly. Use a clean cloth and
a GM VinylLeather Cleaner or equivalent product.
Cleaning Leather
Use a soft cloth with lukewarm water and a mild soap or
saddle soap.
For stubborn stains, use a GM Vinylbeather Cleaner
or equivalent product.
Never use oils, varnishes, solvent-based or abrasive
cleaners, furniture polish or shoepolish on leather.
Soiled leather should be cleaned immediately. If dirt is
allowed to work into the finish, it can harm the leather.
Cleaning the Top of the Instrument Panel
Cleaning SpeakerCovers
Vacuum around a speaker cover gently, so that the
speaker won’t be damaged. Some spots and stains will
clean off better with just water and mild soap. If
something gets on one of them and you need to use a
solvent, follow these steps:
Gently scrape excess soil from the trim material with
a clean, dull knife or scraper. Use very little cleaner,
light pressure and clean cloths (preferably
cheesecloth). Cleaning should start at the outside of
the stain, “feathering” toward the center. Keep
changing to a clean section of the cloth.
When you clean a stain from fabric, immediately
dry the area with a blow dryer to help prevent a
cleaning ring.
Use only mild soap and water to clean the top surfaces
of the instrument panel. Sprays containing silicones or
waxes may cause annoying reflections in the windshield
and even make it difficult to see through the windshield
under certain conditions.
6-47
1
Care af Safety Belts
Keep belts clean and dry.
A CAUTION:
Do not bleach or dye safety belts. If you do, it
may severely weaken them. In a crash they might
not be able to provide adequate protection.
Clean safety belts only with mild soap and
lukewarm water.
Glass
Glass should be cleaned often. GM Glass Cleaner (GM
Part No. 1050427) or a liquid household glass cleaner
will remove normal tobacco smoke and dust films.
Don’t use abrasive cleaners on glass, because they may
cause scratches. Avoid placing decals on the inside rear
window, since they may have to be scraped off later. If
abrasive cleaners are used on the inside of the rear
window, an electric defogger element may be damaged.
Any temporary license should not be attached across the
defogger grid.
6-48
Cleaning the Outside of the
Windshield and Wiper Blades
If the windshield is not clear after using the windshield
washer, or if the wiper blade chatters when running, wax
or other material may be on the blade or windshield.
Clean the outside of the windshield with GM
Windshield Cleaner, Bon-Ami Powder@(GM Part
No. 1050011). The windshield is clean if beads do not
form when you rinse it with water.
Clean the blade by wiping vigorously with a cloth
soaked in full-strength windshield washer solvent. Then
rinse the blade with water.
Wiper blades should be checked on a regular basis and
replaced when worn.
Weatherstrips
Silicone grease on weatherstrips will make them last
longer, seal better, and not stickor squeak. Apply
silicone grease with a clean cloth at least every six
months. During very cold, damp weather more frequent
application may be required. (See “Recommended Fluids
and Lubricants’’in the Maintenance Schedule booklet.)
Cleaning the Outsideof Your Cadillac
The paint finish on your vehicle provides beauty, depth
of color, gloss retention and durability.
Washing Your Vehicle
The best way to preserve your vehicle’s finish is to keep it
clean by washing it often with lukewarm or cold water.
Don’t wash your vehicle in the direct rays of the sun.
Don’t use strong soaps or chemical detergents. Use
liquid hand, dish or car washing (mild detergent) soaps.
Don’t use cleaning agents that are petroleum based, or
that contain acid or abrasives. All cleaning agents
should be flushed promptly and not allowed to dry on
the surface, or they could stain. Dry the finish with a
soft, clean chamois ora 100%cotton towel to avoid
surface scratches and water spotting.
High pressure car washes may cause water to enter your
vehicle.
Finish Care
Occasional waxing or mild polishing of your Cadillac
by hand may be necessary to remove residue from the
paint finish. You can get GM-approved cleaning
products from your dealer. (See “Appearance Care and
Materials” in the Index.)
Your Cadillac has a “basecoat/clearcoat” paint finish.
The clearcoat gives more depth and gloss to the colored
basecoat. Always use waxes and polishes that are
non-abrasive and made for a basecoat/clearcoat
paint finish.
NOTICE:
Machine compounding or aggressive polishing on
a basecoatklearcoat paint finish may dull the
finish or leave swirl marks.
Foreign materials such as calcium chloride and other
salts, ice melting agents, road oil and tar, tree sap, bird
droppings, chemicals from industrial chimneys, etc., can
damage your vehicle’s finish if they remain on painted
surfaces. Wash the vehicle as soon as possible. If
necessary, use non-abrasive cleaners that are marked
safe for painted surfaces to remove foreign matter.
Exterior painted surfaces are subject to aging, weather
and chemical fallout that can take their toll over a period
of years. You can help to keep the paint finish looking
new by keeping your Cadillac garaged or covered
whenever possible.
vvn,,
Keep your wheels clean using a soft clean cloth with
mild soap and water. Rinse with clean water. After
rinsing thoroughly, dry with a soft clean towel. A wax
may then be applied.
The surface of these wheels is similar to the painted
surface of your vehicle. Don’t use strong soaps,
chemicals, abrasive polishes, abrasive cleaners or
abrasive cleaning brushes on them because you could
damage the surface. You may use chrome polish on
chrome wheels, but avoid any painted surface of the
wheel, and buff off immediately after application.
Don’t take your vehicle through an automatic car wash
that has silicon carbide tire cleaning brushes. These
brushes can also damage the surface of these wheels.
Til
To clean your tires, use a stiff brush with a tire cleaner.
’
NOTICE:
When applying a tire dressing, always take care
to wipe off any overspray or splash from all
, painted surfaces on the body or wheels of the
vehicle. Petroleum-based products may damage
the paint finish.
’
IV
31 Dal
Y
[f your vehicle is damaged and requires sheet metal
repair or replacement, make surethe body repair shop
spplies anti-corrosion material to the parts repaired or
replaced to restore corrosion protection.
ish
Dama;
!
Any stone chips, fractures or deep
scratches in the finish
should be repaired right away. Bare metal will corrode
quickly and may develop into amajor repair expense.
Minor chips and scratches can be repaired with touch-up
materials available from yourdealer or other service
outlets. Larger areas of finish damagecan be corrected
in your dealer’s body and paint shop.
Underbody Maintenance
Chemical Paint Spotting
Chemicals used for ice and snow removal and dust
control can collect on the underbody. If these are not
removed, accelerated corrosion (rust) can occur on the
underbody parts such as fuel lines, frame, floor pan and
exhaust system even though they have corrosion
protection.
Some weather and atmospheric conditions can create a
chemical fallout. Airborne pollutants can fall upon and
attack painted surfaces on your vehicle. This damage
can take two forms: blotchy, ringlet-shaped
discolorations, and small irregular dark spots etched into
the paint surface.
At least every spring, flush these materials from the
underbody with plain water. Clean any areas where mud
and other debris can collect. Dirt packed in closed areas
of the frame should be loosened before being flushed.
Your dealer or an underbody car washing system can do
this for you.
Although no defect in the paint job causes this, Cadillac
will repair, at no charge to the owner, the surfaces of
new vehicles damaged by this fallout condition within
12 months or 12,000 miles (20 000 km) of purchase,
whichever occurs first.
6-51
-
I
Appearance Care Materials Chart
I
I
I
12345725
12 oz. (0.354L) [
Silicone Tire Shine .
shines tires
* Not recommended far pigskin suede leather.
See your General Motors Parts Department for these products.
**Not recommended €or use on instrument pael vinyl.
See “Fluids and Lubricants” in the Index.
6-52
~.
.
-
Vehicle Identification Number (VIN)
=I
I1111111111.1
kd
111 111111 I11 1111111111111111111111111111111-
SAMPLE4UXTM072675
bd
0
7 \ ASSEMBLY
E N G I N E B 9 6
CODE
MODEL YEAR
PLANT
This is the legal identifierfor your Cadillac. It appears
on a platein the front cornerof the instrument panel, on
the driver’s side.You can see it if you look throughthe
windshield from outside your vehicle.
The’VIN also
appears on the Vehicle Certification and Service Parts
labels and the certificates
of title and registration.
Service Parts Identification Label
You’ll findthis label on the rear wallof the trunk on the
passenger’s side. It’s very helpful
if you ever need to
order parts. On this label is:
yourVIN,
the model designation,
paint information and
a list .of all production options and special
equipment.
Be sure that this label
is not removedfrom’thevehicle.
Engine Identification
The eighth characterin your VIN is the engine code.
This code willhelp you identify your engine,
specifications and replacement parts.
6-53
Electrical System
Headlamp Wiring
Add-on Electrical Equipment
The headlamp wiring has an individual fusewhich is
powered by a MaxiFuse@.An electrical overload will
cause the lamps to go on and off, or in some cases to
remain off. If this happens, have the headlamp wiring
checked right away.
I NOTICE:
Don’t add anything electrical to your Cadillac
unless you check with your dealer first. Some
electrical equipment can damage your vehicle
and the damage wouldn’t be covered by your
warranty. Some add-on electrical equipment
can keep other components from working as
they should.
Your vehicle has an air bag system. Bef‘ore attempting to
add anything electrical to your Cadillac, sce ”Servicing
Your Air Bag-Equipped Cadillac” in the Index.
6-54
MaxiFuse is a registered trademark of Little Fuse
Incorporated.
Windshiek X p e r Fuses
The windshield wiper motor is powered by a MaxiFuse.
If the motor overheats due to heavy snow, etc., the
wipers will stop until the motor cools. If the overload
is caused by some electrical problem, be sure to have
it fixed.
Power Windows and Other Power Options
Circuit breakers protect the power windows and other
power accessories. When the current load is too heavy,
the circuit breaker opens and closes, protecting the
circuit until the problem is fixed or goes away.
Fuse
Id Circuit Breakers
Engine Con
tment Fuse Bloc -;
The wiring circuits in your vehicle are protected from
short circuits by a combination of fuses and circuit
breakers. This greatly reduces the chance of fires caused
by electrical problems.
Look at the silver-colored band inside the fuse. If the
band is broken or melted, replace the fuse. Be sureyou
replace a bad fuse with a new one of the identical size
and rating.
If you ever have a problem on the road and don't have a
spare fuse,you can borrow one that has the same
amperage. Pick some featureof your vehicle that you
can get along without -- like the radio or cigarette
lighter -- and use its fuse,if it is the correct amperage.
Replace it as soon as you can.
There are three fuse blocks in your vehicle: the engine
compartment fuse block, the MaxiFuse relay center and
the rear compartment fuse block.
The fuseblock is located next to the air filter on the
driver's side of the engine. Lift the cover to gain access.
INT LPS
LHDLP Lo
HI
R HDLPLO
LHDLPHI
RHDLP
, , ,
--HDLPS
IGN O(ENG)
I
HAZARD
I
STOP
Fuse
CIG LTAl
SENSE
,
I I MIRROR I FOGIDRL
CRANK
WIPERS
,
FUSE CENTER IDENTIFICATION
OXY SEN2
OXY SEN1 FUEL PUMP
CRUISE
RELAY
--I
--I
DISTR
PCM(IGN
ECS
PCM BAT
AIC COMP
R HDLP LO
Usage
Right Low-Beam Headlamp,
Light Emitting Diode (LED) on
Headlamp Switch
L HDLP HI
Left High-Beam Headlamp
R HDLP HI
Right High-Beam Headlamp
SENSE
Heated Windshield Control
(Optional)
-
HDLPS
Headlamp Switch and Relay,
High/Low Beam Control Relay,
Right and Left
Low Beam (I-Beam),
Right and Left High Beam
HAZARD
Electronic Flasher Module,
Turn/Hazard Module, Right and Left
Turn Lamps,Back-up Lamps, Right
and Left Front Turn Lamps, Right
and Left Repeater Lamps (Export)
STOP
Stoplamp Switch,Centered
High-Mounted Stoplamp
(CHMSL), Turn Hazard Switch,
ABS Controller. Stepper Motor
Cruise Control, Right and Left
Rear Stoplamps
ndn
n&
n
AiC COMP
RE LAY
I
' /
FRONT OF
3648830
VEHICLE
Fuse
INT LPS
/
Usage
Trunk Lamp, Courtesy Lamps,
Front Vanity Lamps, Glove Box
Lamp, GarageDoor Opener,
Courtesy Lamp Relay
CTG LTRl
Front Cigarette Lighter (Full
Console Only), RearLighter
L HDLP LO
Left Low-Beam Headlamp
Fuse
MIRROR
FOG/DRL
Usage
Inadvertent Power Relay, Outside
Rearview Mirror, DataLine
Connector (DLC), Flash-to-Pass
Module
Daytime Running Lamp (DRL)
Relay (DomesticOnly), Fog Lamp
Relay (Optional), Headlamp
Switch, Right and Left Front Fog
Lamps (Optional)
Fuse
WIPERS
Usage
Accessory Relay, Wiper Switch,
Cluster, Wiper Motor, Wiper Pump
OXY SEN2*
0 2 Sensor
OXY SENl*
0 2 Sensor
Rear, Catalytic
Converter (CAT) Rear 0 2 Sensor
Front,CAT Front 0 2
Sensor
FUEL
PUMP*
Engine Oil Pressure Indicator,
PCM, Fuel Pump Relay, Fuel Pump
IGPJ. O (ENG)' Powertrain Control Module (PCM)
INJ*
Injectors 2, 3,5,8
CRANK
INJ*
Injectors 1,4,6,7
CRUISE
Stepper Motor Cruise Control,
Park-Neutral Position Switch,
Back-up Lamps, Electrochromatic
Mirror, Brake-Transaxle Shift
Interlock (BTSI)
DISTR*
Electronic Ignition Control
PCM (IGN)*
PCM
S
Sensing and Diagnostic Module
(SDM)
Anti-Lock Brake System/Anti-Slip
Regulation-5 (ABS/ASR-5)
Controller
t
Rear Ignition- 1 Relay, Front Fog
Lamp Relay, Rear Lamp Relay
(Export), Controlled Power
Back-up Relay, DRL Relay
(Domestic Only)
6
I
Fuse
ECS*
I Usage
Transaxle Shift Solenoids, Mass
Airflow, Low Refrigerant Cutoff
Switch, Canister Purge, PCM,
Linear Exhaust Gas Recirculation
(EGR), Power Steering Press
1 Relay
Switch, Front Ignition-
1
breakers.
MaxiFuselRelay Center
The MaxiFuses and relays are located next to the engine
compartment fuse block on the driver’s sideof the
engine. If a MaxiFuse should blow, have your vehicle
serviced by your Cadillac dealer immediately.
3548631
(xi-)
RELAY CENTER IDENTIFICATION
p,Q
STARTER
RELAY
6-58
Fuse
Usage
Fuse
Usage
BODY 1
Real Time Dampening (RTD)
Fuse, Convenience Fuse,BATT
Fuse, Headlamp Wash Fuse
(Export), Antenna Fuse, Park
Lamp Relay, Right and Left
Park Fuse
LAMPS
Highbow Beam Relay, Headlamp
Relay, Fog Lamp/DRL Fuse,
Hazard Fuse, Mirror Fuse,
Headlamp Fuse, Right and Left
High Beam Fuse, Right and Left
Low Beam Fuse,Stop Fuse
BODY 2
Defog Relay, Pull-DownFuse,
Right and Left Heated Seat Fuse,
Electronic Level Control (ELC)
Fuse, Rear Defog Fuse, Heated
Mirror Fuse
IGN 1
Rear Ignition-1 Relay, Wiper
Fuse, Relay Ignition-1 Fuse,
Supplemental Inflatable Restraint
(SIR) Fuse
WINDOWS
Delayed Accessory Bus (DAB)
Relay
SEATS
Horn Relay, Driver and Passenger
Lumbar In/Out Relays, Driver and
Passenger Up/Down Relays,
Memory Seat Module, Driver and
Passenger Power Seat Switch
BATT 3
Ignition 0-Body Fuse,RTD Fuse,
Ignition 0-Engine Fuse, Anti-Lock
Brake System (ABS) Fuse, Turn
Fuse, Console
BODY 3
Controlled Power Relay,
Controlled PowerBack-up Relay
Mirror Fuse, Platform Zone
Module (PZM) Fuse,Radiophone
Fuse, ClusterFuse, AMP Fuse
Comfort Fuse
INADVERT Inadvertent Power Relay,
Brushless Blower Motor, Interior
Lamps Fuse, Cigarette Lighter
1 Fuse
Fuse
Usage
BATT 2
Starter Enable Relay, Park-Neutral
Position Switch, Crank Fuse,
Injector 1 and 2 Fuse, Engine
Control System (ECS) Fuse, PCM
Fuse, DIS Fuse, Ignition- 1 Fuse,
ACC Fuse
IGN i*
BATT 1
Front Ignition- 1 Relay, Oxygen
Sensor 1 and 2 Fuse, Fuel Fuse,
Cruise Fuse
Starter Relay, PCM Fuse, AC
Compressor Fuse
BRAKES
ABS Brake Modulator
COOL FNS
Cooling Fan Relays 1 , 2 , 3
* Do not alt.er OBD I1 related fuses
breakers.
6-60
or circuit
Rear Compartment Fuse Block
The fuse block is located on the front wall of the trunk
(behind the rear seat) on the driver’s side. Loosen the
four trunk trim fasteners and pull the trim away from the
fuse block to gain access.
RLY ICN 1
SIR
RTD
TURN
CONSOLE
COMFORT
IGNO DODY
noon
AMP
PZM
RADlOiPHONE
CLUSTER
HTD SEAT R
HTD SEAT L
PULL DOWN
ELC
BATT
RTD
RT PARK
LT PARK
n-0 nono
unoANTENNA
HDLP WASH
I Fuse
RLY IGN 1 *
CONVENC
onon
I Usage
SDM, Cluster, Cruise in Stalk,
Brake Switch, PZM, Fuel Level
Sensor, Catalytic Converter
Overtemp Amplifier (Export)
I SIR
I SDM
I RTD
I RTD
I
Fuse
Usage
IGN 0-BODY PRNDL, Heated Windshield
(Optional), PZM, Cluster,Air
Control Module (ACM), Upper
and Lower Zone Motor,HVAC
Solenoids, Climate Control Panel
(Optional), Rear Defog Relay,
ELC Relay
TURN
CONSOLE
Cornering Lamp Switch, Right
and Left Cornering Lamps,
Electronic Flasher Module,
Turn/Hazard Switch, Right and
Left Rear Turn Signal Lamps,
Right andLeft Front Turn Signal
Lamps, Repeater Lamps (Export)
Cellular Phone Portable Docking
Station, Washer Circuit Board,
Heated Seat Switch, Rear Zone
Blower, Right and Left Heated Seat
Switches, Headlamp Wash Relay
Fuse
Usage
COMFORT
CD Player, Remote Function
Actuator (RFA), Controlled Power
Relay, Air Control Module
(ACM), PZM
AMP
(Optional)
Right and Left Hand Bose Relay,
Right Front and Rear Speaker
(On Door), Left Front and Rear
Speaker (On Door)
PZM
PZM
RADIO/
PHONE
Radio Receiver, Radio Interface
Module (RIM)(Bose Only),
Phone, DAB Relay, Trunk Release
Relay, Fuel Door Release Relay,
High Beam Relay
CLUSTER
Steering Wheel Controls, Cluster
ACC
PZM, Electrochromic Mirror, Rain
Sensor (Optional), Accessory Relay
RR DEFOG
Rear Defog
6-I
Fuse
Usage
Fuse
Usage
HTD MIR
Right and Left Outside Heated
Mirror
BATT
Driver and Passenger Seat Lumbar
Switch, Driver and Passenger Seat
Belt Comfort Solenoid, Memory
Seat Module
~~~
HTD SEAT R Passenger Heated Seat Relay
~
~
_ _ _ ~
HTD SEAT L Driver Heated Seat Relay
PULLDOWN Trunk Pull-Down Motor
~~~
-~
~
ELC
RTD
RT PARK
ELC Relay and Motor
~~
ANTENNA
Power Mast Antenna
HDLP WASH Headlamp Wash Motor
CONVENC
6-62
Trunk Release Relay,Trunk
Release Solenoid, Fuel Door
Release Relay, Fuel Filler Door
Release Solenoid, Door Lock
Door
Relay, Right and Left Front
Motors, Door Unlock Relay
RTD Module
~~
LT PARK
* Do
~
Front and Rear ParkLamps, Right
Front and Rear Sidemarker
Lamps, Headlamp Switch
(Export), RearFog Lamps
(Export), RearFog Lamp Relay
(Export), Headlamp Switch
Left Front and Rear Sidemarker
Lamps, Right and Left Parking
Lamps, License Lamp,
Underhood Lamp
not alter OBDI1 related fuses or circuit
breakers.
Replacement Bulbs
Application
Number
*Ashtray ...............................
161
* Back-up ............................. 2057
1156
Cornering ............................
* Courtesy/Reading .......................
168
*Fog ..................................
886
* GloveCompartment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 194
Headlamps Composite
9005
Inner High Beam .....................
9006
Outer Low Beam .....................
*IlluminationEntryLock . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 192
Application
Number
* Instrument Panel Illumination . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 194
* Instrument Panel Telltales . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 194
* LicensePlate ........................... 194
* Park and Turn Signal . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2357 NA
* Sidemarker ............................
194
Stop/Tail/TurnSignal . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2057
561
*Trunk .................................
561
*Underhood .............................
* VanityMirror ..........................
124
.
*For service information on these bulbs. contact your Cadillac dealer service department
6-63
Capacities and Specifications
Engine Specifications
Displacement. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 279 cubic inches (4 565 cc)
Type . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4.6 L DOHC V8
VIN Engine Code
Eldorado . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Y
ETC . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
9
Horsepower
Eldorado . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 27S(bhp)@S600rpm
205 (kW) @ 5600 rpm
ETC . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
300(bhp)@6000rpm
224 (kW) @ 6000 rprn
Torque
Eldorado . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
300 (Ib-ft) @ 4000 rpm
407 (N-m)@ 4000 rpm
ETC . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 295 (Ib-ft) @ 4400 rpm
400 (N-m)@ 4400 rpm
Firingorder . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-2-7-3-4-5-6-8
177-184°F (81-85°C)
Thermostat Starts To Open . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
6-64
Capacities and Specifications (Continued)
Capacities
Transaxle (4T80-E) ........................................
15quarts
Crankcase (Engine Oil with Filter Change).....................
7.5 quarts
Engine Cooling System....................................
12.5 quarts
Fuel Tank ............................................
20gallons
R- 134a Refrigerant. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2.0 lbs.
Vehicle Dimensions
Wheel Base .............................................
108 inches
Length . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 200.2inches
53.6inches
Height . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
75.5inches
Width .................................................
60.9inches
FrontTread ............................................
60.9-inches
Rear Tread . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
WheelNutTorque .........................................
1OOlb-ft
r r
‘i
(14.2 L)
(7.1 L)
(11.8 L)
(75.7 L)
(0.91 kg)
(2 743 mm)
(5 086mm)
(1 361.5 mm)
(1 918.4 mm)
(1 546 mm)
(1 546 mm)
(140 N-m)
6-65
I
Normal Maintenance Replacement
Parts
Air Filter Element . . , . .
. . . . . . AC Type A1096C
25096932
Fuel Filter Element . . . . . . . . . . . . AC Type GF-580
25121468
Engine Oil Filter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . AC Type PF-58
250 14377
PCV Valve . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . AC Type CV-774C
06487779
Spark Plugs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . AC Type 4 1-900
56 14236
Thermostat . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
AC Type 13 1-66
353 1407
Windshield Wiper Blade
(Pin Type) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2 2 inches (56.5 cm)
6-66
Air Conditioning Refrigerants
Not all air conditioning refrigerants are the same.
If the air conditioning system in your vehicle needs
refrigerant, be sure the proper refrigerant is used.
If you’re not sure, ask your Cadillac dealer.
NOTES
6-67
NOTES
6-68
Section 7 Customer Assistance Information
~~
Here you will find out how tocontactCadillac if you
need assistance. This section alsotells you how to obtain
service publications and how to report any safety
defects.
Customer Satisfaction Procedure
This section includes information on:
The Customer Satisfaction Procedure
0
Customer Assistance for Text Telephone (TTY)
Users
0
Roadside Service
0
Gold Key CourtesyTransportation
0
BBB Auto Line - Alternative Dispute Resolution
Program
0
Reporting Safety Defects
0
Service and Owner Publications
Your satisfaction and goodwill are important to your
dealer and Cadillac. Normally, any concern you may
7-1
have with your vehicle can be handled by your selling or
servicing dealer. Your dealer has the facility, trained
technicians, special tools and up-to-date information to
promptly address any issuewhich may arise. Cadillac
has empowered its dealers to make decisions and repair
vehicles, and they are eager to resolve your concern to
your complete satisfaction. If your concern has not been
resolved to your satisfaction, take the following steps:
STEP ONE -- Discuss your concern with a member of
dealership management. Normally, concerns can be
quickly resolved at that level. If the matter has already
been reviewed with the Sales, Service, orParts Manager,
contact the owner of the dealership or the General
Manager.
STEP TWO -- If after contacting a member of
dealership management, it appears your concern
cannot beresolved by the dealershipwithout further
help, contactthe Cadillac CustomerAssistance Center,
24 hours a day, by calling 1-800-458-8006. In Canada,
contact GM of Canada Customer Assistance Center in
Oshawa by calling 1-800-263-3777 (English) or
1-800-263-7854 (French).
For help outside of the United States and Canada, call
the following numbers as appropriate:
0
In Mexico: (525) 625-3256
0
In Puerto Rico: 1-800-496-9992 (English) or
1-800-496-9993 (Spanish)
0
In the U.S. Virgin Islands: 1-800-496-9994
0
In the Dominican Republic: 1-800-75 1-4135
(English) or 1-800-75 1-4136 (Spanish)
0
In the Bahamas: 1-800-389-0009
0
In Bermuda, Barbados, Antigua and the British
Virgin Islands: 1-800-534-0 122
0
In all other Caribbean countries: 1-809-763- 1315
In other overseas locations, call GM North American
Export Sales in Canada at 1-905-644-41 12
For prompt assistance, please havethe following
information available togive the Customer Assistance
Representative:
0
Your name, address, home and business telephone
numbers
0
Vehicle Identification Number (Thisis available
from the vehicle registration or
title, or the plate at
the top left of the instrument panel and visible
through the windshield.)
Dealership name and location
Vehicle deliverydate and present mileage
Nature of concern
We encourage you tocall us so we can give your inquiry
prompt attention. However,if you wish to write
Cadillac, write to:
Refer to your Warranty and Owner Assistance
Information bookletfor addresses of Canadian and GM
Overseas offices.
When contacting Cadillac, please remember that your
concern will likelybe resolved in the dealership, using
the dealer’sfacilities, equipment and personnel. Thatis
why we suggest you followStep One first if you have a
concern.
Customer Assistancefor Text
Telephone (TTY) Users
To assist customers who are deaf, hard
of hearing, or
speech-impaired and who use Text Telephones (TTYs),
Cadillac has TTY equipment available its
at Customer
Assistance Center. Any TTY user can communicate with
Cadillac by dialing: 1-800-833-CMCC. (TTY users in
Canada candial 1-800-263-3830.)
Cadillac Customer Assistance Center
Cadillac MotorCar Division
30009 Van Dyke
P.O. Box 9025
Warren, MI 48090-9025
7-3
Roadside Service
Each technician travels with a specially equipped
service vehicle complete with the necessary Cadillac
parts and tools required to handle most roadside repairs.
Cadillac Roadside Service can be reached by dialing
1-800-882- 1112,24 hours a day, 365 days ayear. This
service is provided at no charge for any
warranty-covered situation and for a nominal charge if
the Cadillac is no longer under warranty.
Cadillac Owner Privileges
TM
Roadside Service provides several Cadillac Owner
Privileges at ‘<no charge”,throughout your
I996 Cudilluc Wulv-anpPeriod - 46: Monthsf
50,000 Miles (80,000km).
TM
Cadillac’s exceptional Roadside Service is more than an
auto club or towing service. It provides every Cadillac
owner with the advantage of contacting aCadillac
advisor and, when appropriate, a Cadillac trained
dealer technician who will provide on-site service.
7-4
Trip Interruption - 11 your trip is intermprea
due to a warranty failure, incidental expenses
may be reimbursed during the 48 months or
50,000 miles/80,000 kilometers warranty period.
Items covered are hotel, meals and rental car.
Roadside Service Availability
Wherever you drive in the United States or Canada, an
advisor is available to assist you over the phone. A
dealer technician, if available, can travel to your
location within a 30 mile/50 kilometer radius, of a
participating Cadillac dealership. If beyond this radius,
we will arrange to haveyour car towed to the nearest
Cadillac dealership.
I
Emergency Road Service is performed on site for the
following situations:
Towing Service
Reaching Roadside Service
Dial the toll-free Roadside Service number:
1-800-882- 1112. An experienced Roadside Service
Advisor will assist you and request the following
information:
Battery Jump Starting
Lock Out Assistance
Fuel Delivery
Flat Tire Change (Covers change only)
0
A description of the problem
Name, home address, home telephone number
Location of your Cadillac and number you are
calling from
The model year, vehicle identification number and
date of delivery
7-5
Xoadside
1irl
#a
’I
!
Hearing or Sp
. r n
Roadside Service is prepared to assist owners who have
hearing difficulties or are speech impaired. Cadillac has
installed special telecommunication devices called Text
Telephone (TTY) in the Roadside Service Center.
Any customer who has access to a (TTY)or a
conventional teletypewriter can communicate with
Cadillac by dialing from the United States or Canada
1-800-833-CMCC - daily, 24 hours.
7-6
Shuttle Service
Warranty work can frequently be handled in one day, but
there is no reason for you to wait around. Cadillac helps
eliminate inconvenience to you with transportation
alternatives.
Gold Key Courtesy Transportation provides shuttle
service for same day warranty work. Your Cadillac
dealer can get you where you need to be with minimal
interruption of your daily schedule."
Gold Key Courtesy Transportation
One of your Cadillac Owner Privileges is Gold Key
Courtesy Transportation. It's one more example of
Cadillac's commitment to provide the services you
expect and deserve as a Cadillac owner.
Gold Key Courtesy Transportation helps you get where
you need to be when your Cadillac is in the dealership
for warranty service.*
In Canada, for warranty repairs during the Complete
Vehicle Coverage period in the New Vehicle Limited
Warranty, interim transportation may be available under
the Courtesy Transportation Program. Please consult
your dealer for details.
Miscellaneous Service
Gold Key Courtesy Transportation also provides various
Courtesy Vehicle
reimbursements for overnight repairs, such as
transportation obtained independently, cab fare or
reasonable fuel expenses for a ride provided by another
individual."
Gold Key Courtesy Transportation provides you with
transportation if your car requires warranty repairs.
*Please ask about
specific Gold Key Courtesy
Transportation benefits oflered by your Cadillacdealer,
Your dealer will provide you with a courtesy vehicle if
one isavailable.
7-7
Plan Ahead When rossible
Whenever possible, schedule anappointment for your
vehicle's warranty work. Your Cadillac dealer can then
prepare to meet your alternative transportation needs
and minimize inconveniences typically associated with
warranty repairs.
Owner Responsibilities
There are only two things which youwill be responsible for
during the use of your courtesy vehicle.You are required to
provide insurance coverage and replenish the fuel used.
In many cases your own auto insurance policy may
provide primary coverage for the courtesy vehicle,
similar to rental car agreements.Please, check with your
insurance company to be certain what's covered.
GM Participation in BBB AUTO
LINE - Alternative Dispute
Resolution Program"
*This program may not be available in all states,
depending on state law. Canadian owners refer to your
Warranty and Owner Assistance Information booklet.
General Motors reserves the right to change eligibility
limitations and/or to discontinue its participation in this
program.
Both Cadillac and your Cadillac dealer are committed to
making sure you are completely satisfied with your new
vehicle. Our experience has shown that, if a situation
arises where you feel your concern has not been
adequately addressed, the Customer Satisfaction
Procedure described earlier in this section is very
successful.
This service is providedto you under the terms of the New
Vehicle Warranty, therefore, it is imperative that your
vehicle be picked up from the dealership at the completion There may be instances where an impartial third party
can assist in arriving at a solution to a disagreement
of the warranty service. Vehicles not picked up ina timely
regarding vehicle repairs or interpretation of the New
fashion may incur rental fees charged to the customer.
Vehicle Limited Warranty. To assist in resolving these
Some state insurance regulations make it impractical to
disagreements, Cadillac voluntarily participates in BBB
rent vehicles to people under 21 years of age. If you are
AUTO LINE.
under 21 and have difficulty renting a vehicle, Cadillac
will reimburse you up to $30/day, for any documented
transportation you receive. Please consult your dealer
for details.
BBB AUTO LINE is an out-of-court program
administered by the Better Business Bureau system to
settle disputes between customers and automobile
manufacturers. This program is available free of charge
to customers who currently own or lease a GM vehicle.
If you are not satisfied after following the Customer
Satisfaction Procedure, you may contact the BBB using
the toll-free telephone number, or write them at the
following address:
BBB AUTO LINE
Council of Better Business Bureaus
4200 Wilson Boulevard
Suite 800
Arlington, VA 22203
Telephone: 1-800-955-5 100
To file a claim, you will be asked to provide your name
and address, your Vehicle Identification Number (VIN),
and a statement of the nature of your complaint.
Eligibility is limited by vehicle age and mileage, and
other factors.
We prefer you utilize the Customer Satisfaction
Procedure before you resort to AUTO LINE, but you
may contact the BBB at any time. The BBB will attempt
to resolve the complaint serving as an intermediary
between you and Cadillac. If this mediation is
unsuccessful, an informal hearing will be scheduled
where eligible customers may present their case toan
impartial third-party arbitrator.
The arbitrator will make a decision which you may
accept or reject. If you accept the decision, GM will be
bound by that decision. The entire dispute resolution
procedure should ordinarily take about 40 days from the
time you file a claim until a decision is made.
Some state laws may require you to use this program
before filing a claim with a state-run arbitration program
or in the courts. For further information, contact the
BBB at 1-800-955-5 100 or theCadillac Customer
Assistance Center at 1-800-458-8006.
7-9
7
REPORTING SAFETY DEFECTS
TO THE UNITED STATES
GOVERNMENT
REPORTING SAFETY DEFECTS
TO THE CANADIAN
GOVERNMENT
If you believe that your vehicle has adefect which could
cause a crash or could cause injury or death, you should
immediately inform the National Highway Traffic
Safety Administration (NHTSA), in addition to
notifying General Motors.
If you live in Canada, and you believe that your vehicle
has a safety defect, you should immediately notify
Transport Canada, in addition to notifying General
Motors of Canada Limited. You may write to:
If NHTSA receives similar complaints, it may open an
investigation, and if it finds that a safety defect exists in
a groupof vehicles, it may order arecall and remedy
campaign. However, NHTSA cannot become involved
in individual problems between you, your dealer, or
General Motors.
To contact NHTSA, you may either call the Auto Safety
Hotline toll-free at 1-800-424-9393 (or 366-0123 in the
Washington, D.C. area) or write to:
NHTSA, U.S. Department of Transportation
Washington, D.C. 20590
You can also obtain otherinformation about motor
vehicle safety from the Hotline.
7-10
Transport Canada
Box 8880
Ottawa, Ontario K l G 3J2
REPORTING SAFETY DEFECTS
TO GENERAL MOTORS
Service and Owner Publications
In addition to notifying NHTSA (or Transport Canada)
in a situationlike this, we certainly hope you'll notify
us. Pleasecall us at our Customer Assistance Center,
1-800-458-8006 or write:
Cadillac Customer Assistance Center
Cadillac Motor Car Division
30009 Van Dyke
P.O. Box 9025
Warren, MI 48090-9025
In Canada, please callus at 1-800-263-3777 (English)
or 1-800-263-7854 (French). Or, write:
~~
General Motorsof Canada Limited
Customer Assistance Center
1908 Colonel Sam Drive
Oshawa, OntarioLlH 8P7
Service manuals, service bulletins, owner's manuals and
other service literature are available for purchase for all
current and many past model General Motors vehicles.
Toll-free telephone numbers for ordering information:
UnitedStates . . . 1-800-551-4123
Canada . . . . . . . . 1-800-668-5539
Service Manuals
Service manuals contain diagnostic and repair
information for all chassis and body systems. They may
be useful for owners whowish to get agreater
understanding of their vehicle. They are also useful for
owners with the appropriate skill level or training who
wish to perform “do-it-yourself’ service. These are
authentic General Motors service manuals meant for
professional, qualified technicians.
Service Bulletins
Service bulletins covering various subjects are regularly
sent to all General Motors dealerships.GM monitors
product performance in the field. Whenservice methods
are found which promote better service onGM vehicles,
bulletins are created to help the technician perform
better service. Servicebulletins may involve any
number of vehicles. Some will describe inexpensive
7-12
service; others will describe expensive service. Some
will advise of new or unexpected conditions, and others
may help avoid future costly repairs. Service bulletins
are meant for qualified technicians. In some cases
bulletins refer to service manuals, specialized tools,
equipment and safety procedures necessary to service
the vehicle. Since these bulletins are issued throughout
the model year and beyond, an index is required and
published quarterly to help identify specific bulletins.
Subscriptions are available. You can order an index at
the toll-free numbers listed previously, or ask a GM
dealer to see an index or individual bulletin.
Owner Publications
Owner’s manuals, warranty folders and various owner
assistance booklets provide owners with general
operation and maintenance information.
NOTES
7-13
NOTES
7-14
...
Section 8 Index
.
.
.
A / C Off For Engine Protection Message. . . . . . . . . . . . 2-78
AirBag . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-20
How Does it Restrain ..........................
1-24
How it Works ................................
1-22
Location . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-22
Readiness Light .........................
1.22.2.64
Servicing ...................................
1-26
What Makes it Inflate ..........................
1-24
What Will You See After it Inflates . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-25
When Should it Inflate . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-24
Air Cleaner ....................................
6- 13
AirConditioning ................................
3-9
Air Conditioning Refrigerants . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6.65.6.66
Air Control. Climate Control System. . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.2.3.6
Alarm. Theft-Deterrent ..........................
2- 11
Alignment and Balance. Tire ......................
6-42
Aluminum Wheels. Cleaning . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-50
Antenna.Power ................................
3-36
Antifreeze ..................................... 6- 19
Anti-Lock
Brakes ......................................
4-6
Brake System Warning Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2.67.4.6
Anti-LockoutFeature ............................
2-5
Anti.Theft.Radio . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-33
AppearanceCare ...............................
6-44
Appearance Care Materials Chart . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-52
Apply Brake to Shift Message .....................
2-78
Arbitration Program .............................. 7-8
Armrest.Storage ...............................
2-51
Ashtrays ......................................
2-52
Assist Handles . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-54
Astroroof . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-54
Audio Controls. Steering Wheel Touch Control . . . . . . . 3-33
Audio Equipment. Adding ........................ 3-34
Audio Systems .................................
3-13
Automatic
DoorLocks ...................................
2-4
Overdrive ...................................
2-21
Pull-Down Feature . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-10
Shifting .....................................
2-18
Transaxle Fluid . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-16
Transaxle Operation ...........................
2-18
Battery . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-28
ChargeLight ................................ 2-65
GuardStorage ...............................
2-44
Inadvertent Power Saver .......................
2-44
Jump Starting .................................
5-3
No Charge Message . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-79
Replacement. Keyless Entry . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-8
Volts High Message ...........................
2-79
VoltsLowMessage ...........................
2-79
Warnings ................................
5-3.5-5
8-1
I
BBBAuto Line . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .7-8
Better Business Bureau Mediation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-8
Brake
Adjustment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-27
Fluid . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-25
6-25
Master Cylinder . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Parking . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-22
PedalTravel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-27
Replacing System Parts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-28
System Warning Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-65
Trailer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .4-35
2-27
Transaxle Shift Interlock . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Wear . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-27
Brake Vacuum Problem Message . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-79
Brakes. Anti-Lock . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .4-6
4-5
Braking . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Braking in Emergencies . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4- 10
Break-In. New Vehicle . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2- 14
Brightness Control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-43
BTSI . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-27
BulbReplacement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
6-29
Capacities and Specifications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6.64.6.65
Carbon Monoxide . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2.28.4.28. 4.34
Cassette Tape Player . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.16.3.20. 3.27
Cassette Tape Player Care . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-35
Cassette Tape Player Errors . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.16. 3.20.3.28
Cellular Telephone . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-54
Center Console Storage Area . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-51
Center High-Mounted Stoplamp Bulb Replacement . . . . 6-33
Center Rear Passenger Position ....................
1-31
Central Door Unlocking System ....................
2-3
Certificationnire Label . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
4-30
Chains.Safety . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
4-34
Chains. Tire . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .6-44
Change Engine Oil Message ......................
2-79
Change Trans Fluid Message . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-79
Changing a Flat Tire . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
5-25
Chargmg System Indicator Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-65
Check Brake Fluid Level Message . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-80
Check Coolant Level Message . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-80
Check Fuel Gage Message ........................
2-80
2-80
Check Oil Level Message ........................
Check %&her Fluid Message .....................
2-80
Checking Your Restraint Systems . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-45
Chemical Paint Spotting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
6-51
Child Restraints . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-34
Securing in a Rear Outside Seat Position . . . . . . . . . . . 1-36
Securing in the Center Rear Seat Position . . . . . . . . . . 1-38
Securing in the Right Front Seat Position . . . . . . . . . . 1-40
TopStrap . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
1-35
WheretoPut . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-34
Chrome Wheels. Cleaning . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-50
Cigarette Lighter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-52
Circuit Breakers and Fuses . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
6-55
Cleaner.Air . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-13
Cleaning . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-45
Aluminum or Chrome Wheels . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-50
6.45.6.46
Fabric . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
6-48
Glass . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
6-45
Inside of Your Cadillac ........................
Instrument Panel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
6-47
Leather . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
6-47
Outside of Your Cadillac . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-49
Speakercovers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-47
Special Problems . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-46
Stains . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6- 46
6-50
Tires . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Vinyl . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
6-47
Wheels . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
6-50
Windshield and Wiper Blades . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-48
3- 13
Clock. Setting the . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Comfort Controls . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.1
Comfort Controls. Steering Wheel Touch Control . . . . . 3-13
Compact Disc Care . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-36
3-22. 3-29
Compact Disc Player . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Compact Disc Player Errors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.25.3.32
5-35
Compact Spare Tire . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Compass. Rearview Mirror with . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-46
Console Storage . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-5 1
Control of a Vehicle . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
4-5
2-52
Convenience Net . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
2-50
Convex Outside Mirror ..........................
Coolant . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
6-19
Heater. Engine . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2- 17
SurgeTank . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5.18.5.20
Cooling System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5 - 18
Cornering Lamp Bulb Replacement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-3 1
2-41
Cornering Lamps . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Courtesy Transportation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-7
Cruise Control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-35
2-80
Cruise Engaged Message . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
2-51
Cupholders . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Customer Assistance for Text Telephone Users . . . . . . . . . 7-3
Customer Assistance Information . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-1
7-1
Customer Satisfaction Procedure ....................
Damage. Finish . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
6-50
Damage. Sheet Metal . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
6-50
2-40
Daytime Running Lamps .........................
5-3
DeadBattery ...................................
Defects. Reporting Safety . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7- 10. 7-11
Defensive Driving . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-1
3 .12
Defogger. Rear Window .........................
Defogging . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
3.4.3.7.3.12
3.4.3.7.3.12
Defrosting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
DIC . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-75
6-65
Dimensions.Vehicle ............................
Dolby' B Noise Reduction . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.17.3.21.3.29
Door
Central Unlocking System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-3
Locks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-3
Storage Compartment .........................
2-50
Door Open Message . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-80
2-80
Driver Door Open Message .......................
Driver Information Center ........................
2-75
Driver Information Center Messages . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-78
1.13
Driver Position . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Driver's Outside Auto-Dimming Rearview Mirror . . . . . 2-50
I
Driving
City ........................................
4-20
4-1
Defensive ...................................
Drunken .....................................4-2
4-21
Freeway ....................................
In a Blizzard ..................................
4-27
In Foreign Countries ....... 1 ................... 6-3
4-17
IntheRain ..................................
4-15
Night .......................................
OnCurves ..................................4-10
On Grades While Towing a Trailer ...............4-36
On Hill and Mountain Roads.................... 4-23
On Snow and Ice .............................
4-26
Through Water ............................... 4-19
4-17
Wet Roads ..................................
Winter ......................................
4-25
With a Trailer ................................ 4-35
DrunkenDriving ................................
4-2
Dual-Zone Climate Control ...............-,........ 3-5
Fuse Block ..................................
6-55
Identification .................................
6-53
Overheating .................................
5-15
2-28
Running While Parked .........................
Specifications ................................
6-64
Starting Your ................................
2-16
Engine Coolant Hot-Idle Message.................. 2-81
Engine Oil .....................................
6-9
6-9
Adding ......................................
Additives ...................................
6-11
Checking ....................................
6-9
Used .......................................
6-12
When to Change ...............................
6-12
Engine Speed Limiter............................
2-63
2-75, 2-78
English/Metric Button ......................
6-3
Ethanol ........................................
2-28
Exhaust, Engine ................................
2-30
Express-Down Window ..........................
2-42
Exterior Lighting Battery Saver....................
ECC
Fabric Cleaning .................. ........ 6-45, 6-46
Fan Control, Climate Control System ........... 3-2, 3-5
Filling Your Tank ................................
6-4
Filter, Air .....................................
6-13
Finish Care ....................................
6-49
!
FinishDamage ..................................
6-50
First (l),Automatic Transaxle ..................... 2-22
Flashers, Hazard Warning .........................
5-1
Flash-To-PassFeature ........................... 2-32
5-25
Flat Tire, Changing .............................
2-54
Floor Mats ....................................
.......................................... 3-I
Electrical Equipment, Adding ........... 2-16,3-34, 6-54
Electrical System ...............................
6-54
Electrochromic Daymight Rearview Mirror ..... 2-45, 2-46
3- 1
Electronic Climate Control ........................
Electronic Level Control .........................
2-86
Electronic Solar Sensor ...........................
3-5
6-8
Engine .........................................
6-19
Coolant ......................................
2-17
Coolant Heater ...............................
Coolant Temperature Warning Light .............. 2-69
Exhaust ......................................
2-28
1
Fluid Capacities ................................
6-65
2-41
FogLamps ....................................
6-3..
Foreign Countries. Fuel ...........................
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
. 11
FrenchLanguageManual
FrontTowing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5.8. 5.11
Fuel ..........................................
6-2
2-74
DataPanel ..................................
6-5
DoorRelease .................................
Filling Your Tank . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-4
Gage . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-73
6-3
In Foreign Countries ...........................
2-81
Fuel Level Very Low Message .....................
Fuses and Circuit Breakers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-55
Gages
Fuel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-73
Tachometer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-62
4-30
GAWR .......................................
Gear Positions, Automatic Transaxle. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2- 18
GloveBox . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-50
Gross Axle Weight Rating . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-30
Gross Vehicle Weight Rating . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-30..
11
Guide en FranGais .................................
GVWR . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-30
Halogen Bulbs ................................
6-29
Hazard Warning Flashers ..........................
5-1
1-7
HeadRestraints .................................
Headlamps . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-39
6-29
Bulb Replacement ............................
Highbow Beam Changer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-31
6-54
Wiring .....................................
Hearing Impaired. Customer Assistance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-3
Heatedseats . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-4
3-11
Heated Windshield ..............................
3-9
Heating ........................................
High-Beam Headlamps . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-31
Highway Hypnosis . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-23
Hill and Mountain Roads .........................
4-23
Hitches. Trailer .................................
4-34
Hood
6-6
Checking Things Under .........................
6-7
Release ......................................
Horn .........................................
2-30
Hydraulic Brake Warning Lights . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-65
Hydroplaning .................................. 4-19
Ignition Positions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-14
2-43
Illuminated Entry ...............................
Illuminated Visor Vanity Mirrors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-53
Inadvertent Power Battery Saver . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-44
Inflation. Tire . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-37
InstrumentPanel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-58
2-43
Brightness Control ............................
Cleaning ....................................
6-47
Cluster ................................
2-60. 2-61
2-43
Interior Lamps .................................
Jack.Tire ....................................
Jump Starting ...................................
5-28
5-3
Keyless Entry System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-6
Keys . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-1
L a b e l s . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-29. 4-30
Certification/Tire . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-30
Service Parts Identification . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-53
Tire-Loading Information . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-29
Vehicle Identification Number . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-53
Lamps . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-3c)
Interior . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
2-43
On Reminder . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
2-40
Panel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-43
Latches. Seatback . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
1-7
Leaving Your Vehicle . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
2-5
Leaving Your Vehicle with the Engine Running . . . . . . . 2-26
Level Control. Electronic . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
2-86
Lightsensor . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-42
Lighter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-52
Lights
Air Bag Readiness . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-22. 2-64
Anti-Lock Brake System Warning. . . . . . . . . . . . 2-67? 4-6
2-65
Brake System Warning . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Charging System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-65
Engine Coolant Temperature Warning . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-69
2-72
Oil Pressure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Parking Brake Indicator . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-66
1-8. 2-64
Safety Belt Reminder . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Service Engine Soon . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-69
Traction Control System Warning . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-68 . 4-0
Loading YourVehicle . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-29
Locks
2-5
Anti-Lockout Feature . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Automatic Door . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-4
2-3
Door . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
PowerDoor . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
2-4
Programmable Automatic Door . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-5
2-9
Trunk Release . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Lumbar Controls . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-2
MAGNASTEER
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-10
-b!
Maintenance. Normal Replacement Parts . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-66
Maintenance. Underbody . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
6-51
Maintenance When Trailer Towing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-38
Malfunction Indicator Lamp . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
2-69
MapPocket . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-50
Matching Transmitter(s) To Your Vehicle . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-7
MaxiFuse/Relay Center . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-58
Methanol . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .6-3
2-45
Mirrors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Convex Outside . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
2-50
Driver’s Outside Auto-Dimming Rearview . . . . . . . . . 2-50
Electrochromic Day/Night Rearview . . . . . . . . . 2-45. 2-46
Illuminated VisorVanity . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-53
Power Remote Control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-49
Monitored Systems OK Message . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-81
Mountain Roads . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
4-23
Multifunction Lever . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
2-31
I
.!
I
t
.
N e t . Convenience ..............................
2-52
Neutral (N). Automatic Transaxle .................. 2-20
2-14
New Vehicle Break-In ...........................
4- 16
Night Vision ....................................
odometer .................................... 2-62
2.75.2.78
Odometer. Trip ............................
Off-RoadRecovery ............................. 4-12
Oil. Engine ......................................6-9
Oil Life Indicator ...............................
2-85
Oil Pressure Light ..............................
2-72
2-7
Operation ......................................
Overdrive (@),Automatic Transaxle ................ 2-21
Overheated Engine Protection Operating Mode ....... 5-15
Overheating Engine ............................. 5-15
OwnerPublications .............................
7-12
Paint Spotting. Chemical ........................ 6-51
Park (P)
Automatic Transaxle .......................... 2- 19
2-24
ShiftingInto .................................
2-27
Shifting Out of ...............................
Parking
2-11
AtNight .....................................
2-22
Brake ......................................
2-66
Brake Indicator Light ..........................
2-11
Lots .......................................
Over Things That Burn . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-27
WithaTrailer ................................ 4-37
Pass Key Not Programmed Message ................ 2-81
Passenger Temperature Control ...................... 3.8
4-13
Passing .. ....................................
PASS-Key 11 .................................. 2-13
2-81
PCM Fault Message .............................
Power
.... 3-36
Antenna Mast Care .... ! ....................
2-4
Door Locks ...................................
OptionFuses ................................ 6-54
Remote Control Mirror ......................... 2-49
2-15
Retained Accessory ...........................
1-5
Seatback Recliner ..............................
4-10
Steering ....................................
6-23
Steering Fluid ................................
2-29
Windows ...................................
Powerseat .....................................
1-1
LumbarControls ..............................
1-2
1-3
Memory Function ..............................
1-27
Pregnancy. Use of Safety Belts ....................
5-1
Problems on the Road ............................
Programmable Automatic Door Locks ............... 2-5
Publications. Service and Owner ................... 7-11
2-10
Pull-Down Feature. Automatic ....................
R a d i o Reception . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-34
3.14.3.18. 3.26
Radios .............................
4-17
Rain. DrivingIn ................................
Rainsense Wipers ............................... 2-33
2-15
RAP .........................................
ReadingLamps ................................ 2-43
8-7
'
Rear
Compartment Fuse Block .......................
6-60
Outside Seat Position . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-28
Seatpassengers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-28
Storage Armrest . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-5 1
Towing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-9, 5-13
WindowDefogger . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-12
Rearview Mirror, Electrochromic Daymight . . . . 2-45, 2-46
1-5
Reclining Front Seatbacks .........................
Reduced Engine Power Message . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-8 1
Refrigerants, Air Conditioning . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-65, 6-66
Remote Fuel Door Release . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-5
Remote Keyless Entry System ......................
2-6
Remove Key Message . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-8 1
Replacement
Bulbs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
6-63
Parts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-66
Wheel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-42
Replacing Safety Belts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-45
Reporting Safety Defects ....................
7- 10, 7- 11
Restraints
1-45
Checking . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
1-34
Child . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
1-7
Head . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Replacing Parts After a Crash . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-45
Retained Accessory Power ........................
2- 15
Reverse (R), Automatic Transaxle . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-20
Right Front Passenger Position . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-27
RKE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-6
Road SensingSuspension . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-85
Roadside Service . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .7-4
Rocking YourVehicle . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-37
6-38
Rotation, Tires . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
RSS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-85
Safety Belt Extender ............................
1-45
SafetyBelts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
1-8
Adults . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-13
Care . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-48
Center Rear Passenger Position . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-31
Children . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-32
Driver Position . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
1-13
Extender . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
1-45
How to Wear Properly . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-13
IncorrectUsage . . . . . 1-16, 1-17, 1-18, 1-19, 1-43, 1-44
Lap Belt . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-31
Lap-Shoulder . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-13, 1-28
LargerChildren . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-42
QuestionsandAnswers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-12
Rear Seat Outside Passenger Positions . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-28
1-28
Rear Seat Passengers ..........................
ReminderLight . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
1-8, 2-64
Replacing After a Crash . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-45
Right Front Passenger Position . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-27
Shoulder Belt Tightness Adjuster . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-14
1-32
Smaller Children and Babies ....................
Use During Pregnancy .........................
1-27
WhyTheyWork . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-9
Safety Chains . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .4-34
Safety Defects, Reporting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-10, 7-11
Safety Warnings and Symbols .......................
xi
Seatback
Latches ...................................... l-7
Power Recliner . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-5
RecliningFront . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-5
Seats
Heated ...................................... l-4
Lumbar Control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-2
Power ........................................ 1-1
Restraint Systems ..............................
1- 1
Seat Controls .................................
1- 1
Securing a Child Restraint ............ 1-36,l-38, 1-40
Second (2), Automatic Transaxle . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-21
SecurityOverride . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-10
Service . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-1
A/C System A/C CompressorOff Message ..........2-82
Air Bag Message ............................. 2-82
2-82
Brake Fluid Switch Message ....................
Bulletins ......................................7-12
Charging System Message . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-82
Electrical System Message...................... 2-82
Emissions System Message ..................... 2-82
Engine Cooling System Message................. 2-82
Engine Soon Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-69
Fuel System Message ..........................
2-82
Idle Control System Message . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-82
Ignition System Message . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-82
Manuals .....................................
7-12
Parts Identification Label . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-53
Publications, Ordering . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7- 11
Ride Control Message .........................
2-83
2-83
Transmission Message .........................
Work, Doing Your Own . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-1
Service and Appearance Care . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-1
Service and Owner Publications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7- 11
Servicing Your Air Bag-Equipped Cadillac . . . . . . . . . . 1-26
.
Sheet Metal Damage . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-50
2-18
ShiftLever ....................................
Shifting
AutomaticTransaxle . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-18
Into Park (P) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-24
Out of Park (P) ............................... 2-27
Shoulder Belt Tightness Adjuster .................. 1-14
SignalingTurns ................................
2-31
SIR ........................................... 1-20
4-14
Skidding ......................................
Sound Equipment, Adding ........................
3-34
: . . . . . . . . 5-35
Spare Tire, Compact....................
6-47
Speaker Covers, Cleaning ........................
Specifications and Capacities . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-64, 6-65
Specifications, Engine . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-64
Speech Impaired, Customer Assistance. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-3
2-83
Speed Sensor Fault Message ......................
Speedometer ................................... 2-62
SSS ...........................................
4-10
Stains, Cleaning . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-46
Starting Disabled DueTo Theft System Remove
Ignition Key Message . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-83
Starting Your Engine . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-16
Steam ..............................
5-16,5-17, 5-20
Steering . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-10
In Emergencies ...............................
4-11
MAGNASTEER . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-10
Power . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-10
Speedsensitive ..............................
4-10
Tips ........................................
4-10
2-30
Wheel, Tilt ..................................
8-9
Steering Wheel Touch Control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-13. 3-33
Stop Engine Low Oil Pressure Message . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-83
Stop Engine Overheated Message . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-83
2-50
Storage Compartments . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Storage. Vehicle . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-28
Stuck: In Sand. Mud. Ice or Snow . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-36
2-53
Sunvisors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Sunglasses Storage . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-5 1
Supplemental Inflatable Restraint . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-20
Surge Tank. Coolant . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5- 18. 5-20
Surge Tank Pressure Cap . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
6-22
...
Symbols. Vehicle . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
x111
Tachometer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-62
6-34
Taillamp Bulb Replacement .......................
TapePlayerCare . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-35
Telephone.Cellular . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-54
Temperature Control. Climate Control System . . . . . 3-2. 3-6
Temperature Control. Passenger . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-8
2-10
Theft . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Theft System Problem/Car May Not Restart Message . . 2-83
Theft-Deterrent System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2- 11
Theft-Deterrent Audio Feature ....................
3-33
Thermostat . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-23
Third (3)’ Automatic Transaxle . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-2 1
Tilt Steering Wheel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-30
Time. Setting the . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
3- 13
6-44
Tire Chains . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
TireLoading . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-29
Tire-Loading Information Label . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-29
Tires . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
6-36
Alignment and Balance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-42
BuyingNew . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
6-40
Chains . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-44
Changing a Flat . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-25
Cleaning . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-50
Compact Spare . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-35
Inflation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-37
Inspection and Rotation ........................
6-38
4-29
Loading . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Pressure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
6-37
Temperature . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .6-42
Traction . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
6-41
Treadwear . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-41
Uniform Quality Grading .......................
6-41
Wear Indicators ..............................
6-39
Wheel Replacement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
6-42
6-39
When It’s Time for New . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Top Speed Fuel Cut-Off Message . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-83
TopStrap . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-35
TorqueLock . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-26
Torque, Wheel Nut . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-32, 6-65
Towing a Trailer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-31
5-8
Towing Your Vehicle .............................
Traction
Active . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
2-85
ActiveMessage . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-8
4-8
Control System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Control System Warning Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-68, 4-9
OffMessage . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-84
ReadyMessage . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-84
.
Trailer
Brakes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .4-35
Driving on Grades ............................
4-36
4-35
Driving with .................................
Hitches .....................................
4-34
Maintenance When Towing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-38
Parking on Hills .............................. 4-37
4-34
Safety Chains ................................
4-33
Tongueweight ...............................
Total Weight on Tires . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-34
4-31
Towing .....................................
4-36
Turn Signals .................................
Warnings
4-33
Weight .....................................
Transaxle Fluid
6- 16
Automatic ...................................
2-84
Reset Message ...............................
Transmission Hot Message .......................
2-84
Transmitters
2-6
Keyless Entry .................................
2-55
Universal ...................................
7-7
Transportation,Courtesy ..........................
Trip Set/Reset .............................
2-75, 2-78
Trunk
Automatic Pull-Down Feature . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2- 10
LockRelease .................................
2-9
Mounted CD Changer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-22, 3-29
OpenMessage ...............................
2-84
Security Override .............................
2- 10
TTY Users .....................................
7-3
Turn Signal and Lane Change Signals . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-3 1
Turn Signal On Chime ...........................
2-31
Turn Signal On Message .........................
2-84
Turn Signal/Multifunction Lever . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-3 1
Turn Signals When Towing a Trailer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .4-36
TwilightSentinel ...............................
2-42
Underbody Maintenance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-51
2-41
Underhood Lamp ...............................
2-55
Universal Transmitter ............................
Vehicle
4-5..
Control ......................................
.............................. x11
Damage
Dimensions .................................
6-65
Identification Number .........................
6-53
4-29
Loading ....................................
Speed Limited to XXX MPH Message . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-84
2-62
Speed Limiter ................................
6-28
Storage .....................................
Ventilation System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-10
Very Low Refrigerant A/C CompressorOff Message . . . 2-84
2-53
Visors, Sun ....................................
w a r n i n g Devices ...............................
5-3
Warning Lights. Gages and Indicators . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-63
6-24
Washer Fluid. Windshield ........................
Washing Your Vehicle ...........................
6-49
6-48
Weatherstrips . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Wheel
6-42
Alignment ..................................
Nut Torque .............................
5-32, 6-65
6-42
Replacement .................................
5-28
Wrench .....................................
Windows . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
. Express-Down ...............................
Power . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Windshield. Heated . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Windshield Washer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
2-34,
Fluid . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Windshield Wiper . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Blade Replacement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
8-12
2-29
2-30
2-29
3- 1 1
2-34
6-24
2-32
6-35
Fuses . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-54
Winter Driving . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-25
Wiring, Headlamp . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .6-54
6-47
Wood Panels, Care . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
5-8
Wrecker Towing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Wrench, Wheel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
5-28
, -